Service: Polo/Vento 2014-2018

Encuentra más manuales en: www.pixiomarket.
com
Service
om
Workshop Manual
Polo/Vento 2014-2018 ➤
.c
Electrical system
Edition 10.2019
t
ke
ar
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
m
d b ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
io
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
ix hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
.p
rrectness of i
l purpos
w
nform
mercia
a
com
tio
w
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
w
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Service Department. Technical Information

Encuentra más manuales en: www.pixiomarket.com
Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
Repair Group
om
00 - Technical data
27 - Starter, current supply, CCS
90 - Gauges, instruments
92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system
94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior
.c
96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior swage
es n
olk ot g
97 - Wiring d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
o
t
th or
au ac
ss
ke
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ar
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
m
rrectness o
cial p
f i
io
nform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
ix te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
.p
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2019 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B8040D543

Polo/Vento 2014 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 10.2019
Contents
00 - Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Safety measures when working on vehicles with a start/stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Safety precautions when usingentesters AG. Volksand
wagemeasuring
n AG d instruments during a road test . . . . 1
om
ag oes
1.3 Operation and safety notes Vo lkswfor gas discharge lamps n ot g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 2
by ua
2 Repair notes . .or.is.e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ra.nt.e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
d
4
th e
2.1 Contact corrosion
au . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .o.r a.c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ss
2.2 Routing and attachment of lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ce
le
un
pt
3 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
an
d
itte
y li
3.1 Types of battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
erm
ab
.c ility
3.2 Battery - general notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ot p
wit
is n
h re
27 - Starter, current supply, CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ole,
spec
1 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
t t to the co
1.1 Assembly overview - battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ke
1.2 Assembly overview - battery isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.3 Removing and installing battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
rrectne
1.4 Disconnecting and connecting battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.5 Removing and installing battery tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
ss o
1.6 Checking battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
cial p
ar
f in
1.7 Charging battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
form
mer
1.8 Removing and installing earth wire with battery monitor control unit J367 . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
atio
m
1.9 Removing and installing battery isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

o
n
c
i
or
n
1.10 Adapting battery monitor control unit J367 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
thi
m
te
sd
va
2 Jump start point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
2.1 Assembly overview - jump-start terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

en
ng
t.
yi
2.2 Removing and installing jump starting point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Co
Cop py
io
t. rig
3 Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
3.1 Assembly overview - alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.2 Removing and installing alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.3 Checking alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
ix
3.4 Checking poly V-belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

3.5 Removing and installing poly V-belt pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.6 Removing and installing voltage regulator C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
.p
4 Starter motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.1 Assembly overview – starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.2 Removing and installing starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
w
4.3 Checking starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

5 Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
6 Start/stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
w
6.1 General description - start/stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

7 Adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
7.1 Overview of fitting locations - adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
w
7.2 Removing and installing adaptive cruise control unit J428 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

7.3 Removing and installing trim for radar sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
7.4 Calibrating adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
90 - Gauges, instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
1 Dash panel insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
1.1 Assembly overview - dash panel insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
1.2 Removing and installing dash panel insert KX2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Contents i
Polo/Vento 2014 ➤
2 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
2.1 Assembly overview - horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
2.2 Removing and installing treble horn H2 and bass horn H7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

1 Windscreen wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
om
1.2 Moving wipers to service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
1.3 Removing and installing wiper blade .G.. V. o.lk.s.w.ag. e.n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
gen A AG
1.4 Removing and installing wiper olkarms
swa . . . . . . . . . . . . d. o.e.s n. o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
V tg
1.5 Adjusting wiper arms .se.d.by. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .u.ar.an. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
ri te
1.6 Removing and installing
ut
ho wiper motor V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .e.o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ra
90
a
1.7 Renewing wiper motor
ss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
.c
ce
le
1.8 Removing and installing rain and light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

un
pt
an
d
itte
2 Windscreen washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
y li
rm
ab
2.1 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
pe
ility
ot
2.2 Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
t wit
, is n
h re
2.3 Removing and installing windscreen washer fluid level sender G33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
ke
hole
spec
2.4 Removing and installing windscreen and rear window washer pump V59 . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
es, in part or in w
2.5 Removing and installing washer jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
t to the co
2.6 Adjusting spray jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
3 Rear window wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
rrectness of i
3.1
ar
Assembly overview - rear window wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
l purpos
3.2 Removing and installing wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

3.3 Removing and installing wiper arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
nform
ercia
3.4 Adjusting wiper arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

m
3.5 Removing and installing rear window wiper motor V12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
m
a
com
4 Rear window washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tion in 108

r
te o
4.1 Assembly overview - rear window washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

thi
s
iva
do

r
io
rp
cum
4.3 Removing and installing rear window washer pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

fo
en
ng
t.
yi
4.4 Removing and installing spray jet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Co
Cop py
4.5 Adjusting spray jet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
ix
Vo
5 Headlight washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
5.1 Assembly overview - headlight washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
AG.

5.3 Removing and installing headlight washer system pump V11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
.p
5.4 Removing and installing washer jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

5.5 Adjusting spray jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
5.6 Removing and installing pop-up cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
w
6 Washer fluid lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

6.1 Repairing washer fluid lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

w
1 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
1.1 Assembly overview - headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
1.2 Removing and installing headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
w
1.3 Adjusting headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

1.4 Adjusting headlight installation position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
1.5 Removing and installing front turn signal bulb M5 / M7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
1.6 Installing repair kit for headlight housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
1.7 Converting headlights from driving on right to driving on left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
1.8 Converting headlights from driving on left to driving on right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
1.9 Removing and installing headlight range control motor V48 / V49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
1.10 Removing and installing headlight dipped beam bulb M29 / M31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
ii Contents
Polo 2014 ➤
1.11 Removing and installing headlight main beam bulb M30 / M32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
1.12 Removing and installing gas discharge bulb L13 / L14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
1.13 Removing and installing side light bulb M1 / M3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
1.14 Removing and installing daytime running light bulb L174 / L175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
1.15 Removing and installing headlight screen adjustment solenoid N395 / N396 . . . . . . . . . . 166
1.16 Removing and installing bulbs for cornering light M51 / M52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
1.17 Removing and installing headlight starter for gas discharge light J426 / J427 . . . . . . . . . . 168
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
1.18 Removing and installing ksw
LED
agen modules for daytime oes running light and side light L176 / L177
n
l
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .by. V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .o.t g.u.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
o 169
d ran
1.19 Removing andorinstallingise
starter unit for gas discharge bulb tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
th or
1.20 Removing sand installing output module 1 for LED headlight A27
au ac / A31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
s
1.21 Removing and installing control unit for daytime running light and side light J860 / J861
ce
le
un
pt
........................................................................ 171
an
d
itte
y li
2 Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
.c
rm
ab
pe
ility
2.1 Assembly overview - fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
ot
wit
, is n
2.2 Removing and installing fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
h re
2.3 Removing and installing fog light bulb L22 / L23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
hole
spec
t
2.4 Adjusting fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ke
3 Daytime running light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
3.1 Assembly overview - daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
rrectness of i
3.2 Removing and installing daytime running light bulb L174 / L175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
4 Lights in exterior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
l purpos
4.1 Assembly overview - lights in exterior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

ar
4.2 Removing and installing turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
nform
ercia
4.3 Removing and installing turn signal repeater bulb L131 / L132 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
m
a
com
t
5 Tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
ion in
5.1 Assembly overview - tail lights in body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
m
r
te o
thi
5.2 Removing and installing bulb carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
s
iva
do
r
rp
5.3 Removing and installing tail light cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

um
fo
en
ng
6 High-level brake light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

t.
yi Co
io
op py
6.1 Assembly overview - high-level brake light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
. C rig
ht ht
rig
6.2 Removing and installing high-level brake light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
py by
co Vo
by lksw
6.3 Removing and installing bulb for high-level brake light M25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
cted agen
Prote AG.
ix
7 Number plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

7.1 Removing and installing number plate light X4 / X5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
7.2 Removing and installing bulb for number plate light X4 / X5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
.p
8 Steering column switch module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

8.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
8.2 Removing and installing airbag coil connector and return ring with slip ring F138 . . . . . . 196
8.3 Removing and installing steering column combination switch E595 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
w
8.4 Removing and installing turn signal switch E2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

8.5 Removing and installing cruise control system switch E45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
8.6 Removing and installing intermittent wiper switch E22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
8.7 Removing and installing ignition/starter switch D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
w
8.8 Removing and installing lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

8.9 Removing and installing steering lock housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
8.10 Removing and installing ignition key withdrawal lock solenoid N376 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
w
9 Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

9.1 Assembly overview – parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
9.2 Removing and installing parking aid control unit J446 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
9.3 Removing and installing front parking aid warning buzzer H22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
9.4 Removing and installing rear parking aid warning buzzer H15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
9.5 Removing and installing front parking aid senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
9.6 Removing and installing rear parking aid senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
10 Automatic headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Contents iii
Encuentra más manuales
lksw
agen
en:
AG. Volkswagen AG
does www.pixiomarket.com
n o ot g
yV ua
db
Polo 2014 ➤ ris
e ran
tee
ho
Electrical system - Edition
aut 10.2019 or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
10.1 Assembly overview - automatic headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
du
an
itte
y li
10.2 Removing and installing headlight range control unit J431 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
erm
ab
ility
11 Towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
ot p
wit
, is n
11.1 Assembly overview - towing bracket socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
h re
11.2 Removing and installing trailer detector control unit J345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
t to the co
om
1 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
1.1 Overview of fitting locations - lights in dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
rrectness of i
1.2 Overview of fitting locations - lights in front doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
l purpos
1.3 Overview of fitting locations - lights in centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

1.4 Overview of fitting locations - lights in luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
nf
ercia
1.5 Overview of fitting locations - lights in roof trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
or
.c m
1.6 Removing and installing footwell light W9 / W10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
m
atio
m
1.7 Removing and installing footwell light bulb W9 / W10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

o
n in
or c
1.8 Removing and installing Central locking SAFELOCK function warning lamp K133 . . . . . . 224
thi
te
sd
a
1.9 Removing and installing selector lever position display Y6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

iv
t o
r
rp
cu
1.10 Removing and installing right luggage compartment light W35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
o
m
f
ke en
ng
t.
1.11 Removing and installing bulb for right luggage compartment light W35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
yi Co
Cop py
1.12 Removing and installing illuminated vanity mirror W20 / W14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
1.13 Removing and installing bulb for illuminated vanity mirror W20 / W14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
1.14 Removing and installing front interior light WX1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
agen
Prote AG.
1.15 Removing and installing bulb for front interior light W13 / W15 / W19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
1.16 Removing and installing rear interior light WX2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ar 235
1.17 Removing and installing bulb for rear centre reading light W44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
2 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
2.1 Overview of fitting locations - controls in dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
m
2.2 Overview of fitting locations - controls in front doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
2.3 Overview of fitting locations - controls in rear doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
2.4 Overview of fitting locations - controls in luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
io
2.5 Overview of fitting locations - controls in roof trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

2.6 Removing and installing rotary light switch EX1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2.7 Removing and installing regulator for switch and instrument illumination E20 . . . . . . . . . . 245
2.8 Removing and installing headlight range control regulator E102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
ix
2.9 Removing and installing heated seat regulator E94 / E95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.10 Removing and installing TCS and ESP button E256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
2.11 Removing and installing Start/Stop operation button E693 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
.p
2.12 Heated rear window button E230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

2.13 Removing and installing hazard warning light button E229 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
2.14 Removing and installing front passenger side airbag deactivated warning lamp K145 . . 248
2.15 Removing and installing parking aid button E266 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
w
2.16 Removing and installing driving mode selection button E735 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
2.17 Removing and installing buttons in dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
2.18 Removing and installing operating unit for window regulator in driver door E512 . . . . . . . . 251
w
2.19 Removing and installing window regulator switch in front passenger door E107 . . . . . . . . 252
2.20 Removing and installing mirror adjustment switch E43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
2.21 Removing and installing driver side interior locking button for central locking system E308
........................................................................ 253
w
2.22 Removing and installing door contact switch F2 / F3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

2.23 Removing and installing rear door contact switches F10 / F11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
2.24 Removing and installing rear lid contact switch for anti-theft alarm F123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
2.25 Removing and installing rear window regulator switch in door E52 / E54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
2.26 Removing and installing vanity mirror contact switch F147 / F148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
3 Further lights and controls in vehicle interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
3.1 Overview of fitting locations - further lights and controls in vehicle interior . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
3.2 Removing and installing sunroof button E325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
iv Contents
Polo 2014 ➤
3.3 Removing and installing tyre pressure monitor display button E492 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
4 Anti-theft alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
4.1 Assembly overview - interior monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
4.2 Removing and installing alarm horn H12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
4.3 Activating and deactivating anti-theft alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
4.4 Removing and installing anti-theft alarm sensor G578 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
4.5 Removing and installing button for deactivating interior monitoring and vehicle inclination
om
sensor E616 . . . . . e. n. A.G. ..V.ol.ks. w. a.g.en. A. G
.......................................... 261
g does
swa
5 Immobiliser y. V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n.o.t g. u. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
olk 263
b ara
5.1 Removing oris and installing immobilizer control unit J362
ed nte ............................ 263
h e
5.2 Removing
aut and installing immobiliser reader coil D2 o.r a.c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
ss
6 Cigarette lighter, socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
ce
e
nl
pt
du
6.1 Removing and installing cigarette lighter U1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
an
.c
itte
y li
6.2 Removing and installing 12 V socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
erm
ab
ility
ot p
97 - Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
wit
, is n
h re
1 Relay carriers, fuse holders, electronics boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
t
hole
spec
1.1 Overview of fitting locations - relay carriers, fuse holders, E-boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
es, in part or in w
ke t to the co
1.2 Removing and installing electronics box (E-box) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
1.3 Removing and installing bracket for electronics box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
1.4 Removing and installing fuse holder C SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
rrectness of i
1.5 Removing and installing relay and fuse carrier 1 SR1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
l purpos
2
ar
Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
2.1 Overview of fitting locations - control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
nform
ercia
2.2 Removing and installing onboard supply control unit J519 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
m
2.3 Removing and installing data bus diagnostic interface J533 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . at 279
om
io
m
n
c
3 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
in t
or
his
e
3.1 Repairing electrical wiring harnesses and plug-in connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

at
do
priv
4 Releasing and dismantling connector housings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

um
for
en
ng
5 Repairing aerial wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

t.
io
yi Co
Cop py
6 Fibre optic cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
7 Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ix
8 Driving sound and engine sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

8.1 Overview of fitting locations - driving sound and engine sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
8.2 Removing and installing engine sound generator control unit J943 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
.p
w
w
w
Contents v
Polo/Vento 2014 ➤
om
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
.c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
t
ot p
wit
is n
ke
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
ar
rrectness o
cial p
f in
m
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
io
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
ix
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
.p
w
w
w
vi Contents
Polo/Vento 2014 ➤
00 – Technical data
1 Safety information
(VRL013524; Edition 10.2019)
⇒ “1.1 Safety measures when working on vehicles with a start/
om
stop system”, page 1
⇒ “1.2 Safety precautions when using testers and measuring in‐
struments during a road test”, page 1
⇒ “1.3 Operation and safety notes for gas discharge lamps”,
AG. Volkspage
wagen AG
2 agen does
olksw not
V y gu
db ara
1.1 Safety measures when working on ve‐
.c
rise nte
tho eo
hicles with a start/stop system au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
Observe the following when working on vehicles with a start/stop
du
t an
itte
system:
y li
erm
ab
ke
ility
ot p
WARNING
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Injury hazard as a result of automatic engine start in vehicles
es, in part or in w
with start/stop system.
t to the co
♦ If the start/stop system of a vehicle is activated, the engine
ar
can start automatically, if required. A message will appear
rrectness of i
in the dash panel insert.
l purpos
♦ When working on the vehicle, make sure that the start/stop

system is deactivated (switch off the ignition; switch the
m
ignition on again if necessary).
nform
mercia
at
om
io
1.2 Safety precautions when using testers
n
c
io
in t
or
and measuring instruments during a

his
ate
do
riv
road test
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
ix
yi
Observe the following if test and measuring equipment is required
Co
op py
during a road test: t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
WARNING
.p
Prote AG.
Risk of accident due to distraction and inadequate securing of

test and measuring equipment
w
Danger as a result of activation of front passenger airbag in the

event of an accident
• Operation of test and measuring equipment while driving
results in distraction.
w
• The risk of injuries increases significantly when test and

measuring equipment is not secured.
♦ Always strap test and measuring equipment in place on
w
rear seat, and have a 2nd person operate them.
1. Safety information 1
Polo 2014 ➤
1.3 Operation and safety notes for gas dis‐

charge lamps
Note
Never renew bulbs if you are not familiar with the appropriate
procedures, safety precautions or tools.
om
WARNING
Danger to life due to high voltage.

♦ It is essential that the battery earth cable is disconnected
.c
before any work on parts of the gas discharge headlight is
performed. The parts a marked with a yellow high voltage
symbol.
♦ Then switch dipped beam on and off again. This will elim‐
t
inate any possible residual voltage.
ke
♦ Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers, and with‐
draw ignition key.
♦ The gas discharge lamp control unit must never be oper‐
ated without a gas discharge lamp.
♦ Due to the high voltage, the gas discharge lamp must only
ar
be operated in the headlight housing. Voltages above
28,000 V occur when igniting the gas discharge lamp.
m
WARNING
Risk of injury due to burns, ultraviolet radiation, glare and ex‐

plosion.
io
AG. Volkswagen
♦ Due to high temperatures,
lksw
agen the absorption of ultraviolet
AG do
es n ra‐
diation and riskd bof
y Vglare, the gas discharge lamp must
o ot g
ua only
be operatedor in the headlight housing.
ise
ran
tee
ix
h
ut or
♦ Avoid looking
ss
a directly into the light beam; otherwise vision ac
may be impaired for a substantial time.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ Gas discharge bulbs are under high internal pressure and

itte
.p
y li
can explode while being renewed.

erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Always wear eye protection and gloves when removing

wit
is n
and installing gas discharge lamps!

h re
ole,
spec
w
t to the co
WARNING
w
rrectne
Risk of environmental pollution.

♦ Gas discharge lamps are classified as hazardous waste.
ss
They contain metallic mercury (Hg) and traces of thallium.

o
w cial p
f inform
♦ Gas discharge lamps must not be destroyed. Avoid con‐

mer
tact with burst bulbs.

atio
om
♦ Observe relevant disposal regulations.

c
i
or
n thi
te
♦ Only dispose of gas discharge lamps in containers inten‐

sd
iva
o
r
ded for this purpose at an authorised collection point.

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
2
c by lksw
cted agen
Rep. gr.00 - Technical data Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
Caution
♦ Do not touch the bulb of the gas discharge lamp with bare
fingers. When the light bulb is switched on, the heat would
vaporise the oil of the finger prints which would then settle
on the reflector, impairing the brightness of the headlight.
Wear clean fabric gloves when inserting a gas discharge
lamp.
om
♦ A defective gas discharge lamp must always be renewed
with a new gas discharge lamp of the same type. The
designation appears on the base of the bulb or on the bulb
glass.
♦ Properly engage connectors during installation and the
connection is seated tightly.
t .c
ke
agen
ar
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
s c
m
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
io
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ix
rrectness of i
.p
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
w
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
w
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Safety information 3
Polo 2014 ➤
2 Repair notes
⇒ “2.1 Contact corrosion”, page 4
⇒ “2.2 Routing and attachment of lines”, page 4
2.1 Contact corrosion
om
Contact corrosion can occur if unsuitable fasteners (bolts, nuts,
washers, etc.) are used.
For this reason, only connecting elements with a special surface
coating have been fitted.
In addition, rubber, plastic and adhesives are made of non-con‐
ductive materials.
.c
If there is any doubt about the suitability of parts, a general rule
is to use new parts ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue .
Note the following:
t
♦ Only use genuine replacement parts which are tested and
compatible with aluminium.
ke
♦ Only use Volkswagen Genuine Accessories.
♦ Damage resulting from contact corrosion is not covered by the
warranty. . Volkswage
n AG n AG d
wage oes
2.2 Routing and attachment of lines
d by Volks not
gu
ara
ar
e nte
ris
♦ Mark lines prior to removal
utho to prevent them from being inter‐ eo
ra
changed and to ensuress
a
that they are fitted in their original c
positions. This applies for fuel, hydraulic and vacuum lines as
ce
e
nl
pt
m
well as lines for activated charcoal filter system and electrical
du
an
itte
wiring. Where necessary, make sketches or take photographs.

y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ To avoid damage to lines, ensure adequate clearance from all

ot p
wit
moving or hot components in the engine compartment on ac‐

, is n
h re
io
count of the confined space.

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ix
rrectness of i
l purpos
.p
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
w c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
w
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
w
cted agen
Prote AG.
4 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data

Polo 2014 ➤
3 Battery
⇒ “3.1 Types of battery”, page 5
⇒ “3.2 Battery - general notes”, page 5
3.1 Types of battery
om
Note
All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical system, General information; Rep. gr. 27 ;
Battery; Battery types .
.c
3.2 Battery - general notes
Note
t
ke
AG. Volkswagen AG d
der ⇒ Electrical system, General information; Rep. kswgr.
agen27 ; oes
Battery .
not
y Vol gu
b a
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ar
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
m
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
io
rrectnes
ix
s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
.p om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
w
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
w
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
3. Battery 5
Polo 2014 ➤
27 – Starter, current supply, CCS

1 Battery
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - battery”, page 6
⇒ “1.2 Assembly overview - battery isolator”, page 9
om
⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing battery”, page 10
⇒ “1.4 Disconnecting and connecting battery”, page 15
⇒ “1.5 Removing and installing battery tray”, page 18
⇒ “1.6 Checking battery”, page 21
.c
⇒ “1.7 Charging battery”, page 21
⇒ “1.8 Removing and installing earth wire with battery monitor
control unit J367 ”, page 22
t
⇒ “1.9 Removing and installing battery isolator”, page 23
ke
⇒ “1.10 Adapting battery monitor control unitoJ367
en AG. V
lkswag”,
enpage
AG 24
wag does
olks not
1.1 Assembly soverview
ed
by
V
- battery gu
ara
nte
i
or eo
⇒ “1.1.1 Assembly overview
au
th - battery; battery in engine compart‐ ra
ment”, page 6 ss c
ar ce
e
nl
pt
⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - battery; battery in luggage com‐

du
an
itte
partment”, page 8
y li
erm
ab
ility
1.1.1 Assembly overview - battery; battery in engine compartment

ot p
wit
, is n
m
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
io
rrectness of i
l purpos
ix
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
.p
o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
w f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
w
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
6 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

Polo 2014 ➤
1 - Boot
2 - Nut
❑ 6 Nm
3 - Battery clamp
❑ For earth wire
❑ Disconnecting and re‐
om
connecting battery
⇒ page 15
4 - Cover
❑ For battery terminal
clamp of earth wire
5 - Earth cable
.c
On vehicles with Start/Stop
system:
❑ Earth wire additionally
t
with battery monitor
control unit - J367-
ke
❑ Removing and installing
earth wire with battery
AG. Volkswagen AG d
monitor control unit - ksw
agen oes
not
l
J367- ⇒ page 22 by Vo gu
ara
d
❑ Adapting battery moni‐ rise nte
o
tor control unit - J367- s aut
ar
h eo
ra
c
⇒ page 24 s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
6 - Electrical connector
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
On vehicles with Start/Stop
m
ility
ot p
system:
wit
, is n
h re
❑ For battery monitor con‐
hole
trol unit - J367-
spec
es, in part or in w
io
❑ Observe work se‐
t to the co
quence for disconnect‐
ing and connecting bat‐
tery ⇒ page 15
rrectness of i
ix
7 - Nut
l purpos
❑ 15 Nm nf
ercia
8 - Battery
o
.p
rm
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 10

m
atio
m
❑ Disconnecting and connecting ⇒ page 15

o
n in
or c
thi
❑ Checking ⇒ page 21
te
sd
iva
w
❑ Charging ⇒ page 21
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
9 - Bolt
t.
yi Co
op
❑ 15 Nm
C py
t. rig
w
gh ht
yri by
10 - Battery tray cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
11 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
12 - Clamping plate
13 - Water drain hose
❑ Not fitted on all battery trays
❑ Route free of kinks when installing
1. Battery 7
Polo 2014 ➤
14 - Nut
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 15 Nm
15 - Battery clamp
❑ For positive cable
❑ Disconnecting and reconnecting battery ⇒ page 15
om
16 - Positive cable
1.1.2 Assembly overview - battery; battery in luggage compartment
1 - Retaining clip
.c
❑ For vehicle tool kit cover
2 - Bolts
❑ Qty. 4
t
❑ 18 Nm
ke
3 - Cover
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ For negative battery ter‐ ksw
agen oes
not
l
minal byV
o gu
a
d e ran
ris
4 - Protective cover ho
tee
s au
t
ar or
ac
5 - Fuse holder A - SA-s
ce
e
nl
pt
❑ Disconnecting and con‐

du
an
itte
necting ⇒ page 15
y li
erm
ab
❑ With battery isolator

m
ility
ot p
wit

, is n
h re
battery isolator
hole
spec
⇒ page 23
es, in part or in w
io
t to the co
6 - Bolt
7 - Nut
rrectness of i
❑ 6 Nm
ix
l purpos
8 - Earth cable
❑ With battery monitoring
nform
ercia
.p
❑ Disconnecting and con‐

m
at
necting ⇒ page 15
om
ion
c
in t

or
his
e
⇒ page 22
at
do
riv
w p
9 - Bolt
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
10 - Nut
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
❑ 20 Nm
w
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
11 - Hose Prote
cted AG.
agen
❑ For central gas venting system

w
12 - Grommet
❑ For hose for central gas venting system
13 - Retaining clip
14 - Battery tray
❑ Bonded to spare wheel well

Polo 2014 ➤
15 - Bolt
❑ 18 Nm
16 - Bolts
❑ Qty. 3
❑ 18 Nm
17 - Battery tray
om
❑ Bonded to spare wheel well
18 - Battery - A-
❑ Disconnecting and connecting ⇒ page 15
.c
19 - Nut
❑ 6 Nm
20 - Cover
t
❑ For positive battery terminal
ke
1.2 Assembly overview - battery isolator
1 - Fuse holder A - SA-

ar
❑ Disconnecting and con‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
necting ⇒ page 15 olkswage es n
ot g
byV ua
2 - Battery isolator ir se
d ran
tee
m
ho
❑ Removing and installing aut or
ac
⇒ page 23 ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
3 - Nut
an
itte
y li
❑ 10 Nm
erm
ab
io
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ix es, in part or in w
t to the co
.p
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
w
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
w
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
w
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Battery 9
Polo 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen A n G do
wage es n
Volks ot g
1.3 Removing and installing battery
ris
ed
by ua
ran
tee
tho
or
⇒ “1.3.1 Removing sand
s installing battery; battery in au engine com‐ ac
partment”, page 10
ce
le
un
pt
an
⇒ “1.3.2 Removing and installing battery, battery in luggage com‐
d
itte
y li
partment”, page 12
rm
ab
pe
ility
1.3.1 Removing and installing battery; battery
ot
wit
, is n
om
h re
in engine compartment
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Special tools and workshop equipment required
t to the co
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-
rrectness of i
.c
l purpos
nform
ercia
t
m
a
com
ke tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
copy
rig
ht. C
ar by
Vo
rig
ht
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
m
io
ix
Removing
.p
WARNING
Always make sure to comply with the warning notices and

safety regulations when working on the battery ⇒ Electrical
system, General information; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery .
w
– With ignition switched off, disconnect earth cable from battery

⇒ page 15 .
w
w

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes Polo 2014 ➤
olksw not
V
ara Electrical system - Edition 10.2019
by gu
d
rise nte
tho eo
– Loosen nut -5-ssseveral
au
turns, and disconnect battery terminal ra
c
clamp -6- of positive cable from positive battery terminal “+” of
ce
e
nl
battery -1-.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
om
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Unscrew bolt -3-, and remove clamping plate -2-.
.c
– Remove vehicle battery sleeve -1-.
nform
ercia
– Lift battery -1- out of engine compartment.

m
at
om
io
Installing
n
c
in t
t
or
his
e
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the following:

at
ke do
priv
cum
for
en
g
Caution
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
A loosely fitted battery creates the following dangers:
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Shortened service life caused by vibration damage (dan‐ Prote
cted
ar
AG.
agen
ger of explosion).
♦ The plates in the battery cells will be damaged if the bat‐
tery is not secured correctly.
m
♦ Damage to battery casing by clamping bracket (possible
leakage of acid with high consequential costs).
♦ Poor crash safety.
io
Vehicles with start/stop system

ix
Note
♦ Due to higher demands on the deep-cycle resistance, a spe‐

cial battery is used in vehicles equipped with a start/stop
.p
system.
♦ Batteries intended for use in vehicles with a start/stop system
are marked “AGM” (Absorbent Glass Mat) or “EFB” (En‐
hanced Flooded Battery).
w
♦ When renewing the battery, note the correct part designation

⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue .
w
Continued for all vehicles

w
1. Battery 11
Polo 2014 ➤
– Fit battery terminal clamp -6- of positive cable

AG.to
Vopositive
lkswagen Abat‐
tery terminal “+” by hand. agen G do
es n
olksw ot
V gu
by ara
– Tighten nut -5-. ed nte
oris eo
th
– Connect battery ⇒ pagess15 . au ra
c
ce
le
– After installing battery, check it is firmly seated. un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
om
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Note
h re
ole,
spec
If the battery is renewed, the battery monitor control unit - J367-
t to the co
must be adapted ⇒ page 24 .
.c
Specified torques
rrectne
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - battery”, page 6
ss o
cial p
f
t
1.3.2 Removing and installing battery, battery
inform
mer
in luggage compartment
ke atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
ar
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
m
AG.
io

ix
.p
w
w
Note
w
If the battery is to be renewed, connect the battery charger as a

backup power supply ⇒ Electrical system, General information;
Rep. gr. 27 .

Polo 2014 ➤
Removing
WARNING

om
– Switch off ignition.
– Withdraw ignition key.
– Lift luggage compartment floor, and attach it to body.
– If fitted, remove spare wheel.
.c
– Remove vehicle tool kit.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
– Remove retaining bracket ol
-1-.
t
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ke
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ar
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
m
rrectness of i
l purpos
io
nform
mercia
a
com
t
ix
ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
.p fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
w
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
1. Battery 13
Polo 2014 ➤
– Detach cover -7- for negative battery terminal on battery

-arrows-, and remove it.
– Loosen nut -4- a few turns.
– Pull battery clamp -5- of earth wire off negative battery termi‐
nal.
– Pull off cover -1- which is located above positive battery ter‐
minal.
om
– Loosen nut -2- a few turns.
– Pull battery terminal clamp -3- of positive cable with fuse hold‐
er A - SA- off positive battery terminal.
– Pull off hose -6- for central gas venting system. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
– Unscrew bolt -8- from battery securing bracket -9-. by ara
.c
d
rise nte
o eo
– If fitted, pull off protective cover. auth
ra
ss c
– Pull battery out of battery tray.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
t
– Lift battery out of luggage compartment.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ke
ility
ot p
WARNING
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Risk of environmental pollution.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ When disposing of used batteries, always observe the re‐
quired disposal procedures for batteries and sulphuric
ar
acid ⇒ Electrical system; General information; Rep. gr.
27 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
m
Installing
nform
ercia

m
at
om
io
io
n
Caution
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
A loosely fitted battery creates the following dangers:

p
cum
for
♦ Shortened service life caused by vibration damage (dan‐

en
g
ix
n
t.
yi Co
ger of explosion). t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
♦ The plates in the battery cells will be damaged if the bat‐ yri
p by
o Vo
tery is not secured correctly.
c by lksw
cted
.p
agen
Prote AG.
♦ Damage to battery casing by clamping bracket (possible
leakage of acid with high consequential costs).
♦ Poor crash safety.
w

w
Note
♦ Due to higher demands on the deep-cycle resistance, a spe‐

w
cial battery is used in vehicles equipped with a start/stop

system.
♦ Batteries intended for use in vehicles with a start/stop system
are marked “AGM” (Absorbent Glass Mat) or “EFB” (En‐
hanced Flooded Battery).
♦ When renewing the battery, note the correct part designation
⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue .

Polo 2014 ➤
– After installation, make sure that the battery is firmly seated ⇒

Electrical system; General information; Rep. gr. 27n A. G. Volkswagen AG doe
wage ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
Note tho eo
au ra
c
ss
If the battery is renewed, the battery monitor control unit - J367-
ce
le
un
pt
must be adapted ⇒ page 24 .
an
d
itte
y li
om
erm
ab
ility
Continued for all vehicles ot p
wit
is n
The following measures are required after reconnecting the bat‐
h re
ole,
tery:
spec
♦ Activate the one-touch opening/closing function of the window
t to the co
regulators ⇒ Owner's Manual .
.c
♦ Read event memories of all control units, and clear displayed
rrectne
entry “Undervoltage” ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
– Connect battery ⇒ page 15 .
ss
t
o
cial p
f in
ke
form
Note
mer
atio
om
After the battery has been reconnected, the ESP and TCS warn‐
n
c
i
or
n
ing lamp - K155- will only go out after the vehicle has been driven
thi
te
sd
a
a few metres.
iv
o
pr
c
ar
um
r
fo
en
ng
Specified torques
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
m
cted agen
1.4 Disconnecting and connecting battery
Prote AG.
⇒ “1.4.1 Disconnecting and connecting battery; battery in engine

compartment”, page 15
io
⇒ “1.4.2 Disconnecting and connecting battery, battery in luggage

1.4.1 Disconnecting and connecting battery;

ix
battery in engine compartment

.p

w
w
w
1. Battery 15
Polo 2014 ➤
Disconnecting
WARNING

om
Caution
Observe the following instructions and precautions on safety

when working on pyrotechnic components:
♦ Contrary to the following description, the battery must be
.c
disconnected with the ignition SWITCHED ON when
working on pyrotechnic components (e.g. airbags, belt
tensioners) ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.ggr. 00
en AG . V;olkswagen AG
Safety precautions; Safety precautions when kworking on
swa does
l not
t
Vo
pyrotechnic components . ed
by gu
ara
ris nte
ke
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
– Open cap for battery terminal clamp of earth wire.
pe
ility
ar
ot
wit
, is n
– Loosen nut -2- several turns, and disconnect battery terminal
h re
clamp -4- of earth wire from negative battery terminal “-” of
hole
spec
battery -1-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Connecting
m
Observe the following when connecting the battery:
rrectness of i
l purpos
io
nform
mercia
a
ix com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
.p
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
w
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Separate electrical connector -2- on battery monitor control

unit - J367- -3-.
– Fit battery terminal clamp of earth cable to negative battery
terminal “-” by hand.
– Tighten nut -1-.
om
– Reconnect connector -2- to battery monitor control unit -
J367- .
– Switch on ignition.
.c
– Check time and adjust, if necessary.
Volkswa AG. gen AG
agen do
– Completely openVowindows,
lksw and then completely
es n
ot gclose them.
by ua
ed ra
– Then, withhorwindows
is closed, pull window regulator switches
nte
t
eo
until relay
au can be heard to switch.
t ra
c
ss
ke
– Check convenience mode of the window regulator switches.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
♦ With convenience closing activated, windows must close fully
y li
rm
ab
without the need for holding the window regulator switch.
pe
ility
ot
Specified torques
wit
, is n
h re
ar
hole
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - battery”, page 6 spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.4.2 Disconnecting and connecting battery,

battery in luggage compartment
m
rrectness of i
l purpos
Caution
io
Risk of accident.
nform
ercia
♦ Contrary to the following description, the battery must be

m
a
com
disconnected with the ignition SWITCHED ON when

ion in
working on pyrotechnic components (e.g. airbags, belt

r
te o
ix
thi
tensioners).
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
Disconnecting
yi Co
.p
Cop py
t. rig
– Switch off ignition. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Withdraw ignition key. Prote
cted AG.
agen

w

w
w
1. Battery 17
Polo 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Electrical system - Edition 10.2019 agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
– ise
Open cover -3- on battery negative hterminal.
r nte
t o eo
au ra
– Loosen nut -1- a few turns. ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
nal.
y li
erm
ab
ility
Connecting
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
om
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
.c nform
mercia
at
om
t ion
c
in t
or
ke
his
ate
unit - J367- -3-.
do
priv
cum
for
– For connecting, fit battery terminal clamp of earth cable to
en
ng
t.
yi
negative battery terminal “–” by hand.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Tighten nut -1-.
ht
yri
cop
ar by
by
Vo
lksw
– Connect connector to battery monitor control unit - J367- .
cted agen
Prote AG.
The following measures are required after reconnecting the bat‐

tery:
m
♦ Activate the one-touch opening/closing function of the window
regulators ⇒ Owner's Manual .
♦ Read event memories of all control units, and clear displayed
entry “Undervoltage” ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
io
Note
ix
After the voltage supply has been switched back on, it still takes
several meters of travel for the ESP warning lamp to go out.
.p
Specified torques
1.5 Removing and installing battery tray

w
⇒ “1.5.1 Removing and installing battery tray, battery in engine

w
⇒ “1.5.2 Removing and installing battery tray, battery in luggage

1.5.1 Removing and installing battery tray,

w
battery in engine compartment


Polo 2014 ➤
om
Removing
.c
– Remove battery ⇒ page 10 .
– Unclip wiring harness -arrows- from battery tray -1-.
t
ke
ar
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
m
d b ara
– Unscrew bolt -3- and nuts -2-. orise nte
eo
th
u ra
– Lift out battery tray -1-. ss a c
ce
le
un
Installing pt
an
d
io
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
– If present, route water drain hose beneath battery tray ensur‐
ot
wit
, is n
ing it is free of kinks.

h re
ix hole
spec
– Installing battery ⇒ page 10 .

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Specified torques
.p

rrectness of i
1.5.2 Removing and installing battery tray,

l purpos
battery in luggage compartment

w
nform
ercia

m
a
com
♦ Pull handle - V.A.G 1351/1-

tio
w
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
w
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Battery 19
Polo 2014 ➤
ks wage es
♦ Removal kit for flushy bonded
Vol windows - VAS 6452-not gu
b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
om
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Hand-cartridge gun - V.A.G 1628-
.c
l purpos
nform
ercia
t
m
at
om
ke ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
yri
gh
t. C
by
ar py
rig
ht
cop Vo
by lksw
♦ Cartridge heater - V.A.G 1939- Prote
cted AG.
agen
m
io
ix
♦ Awl - V.A.G 1474/2-

.p
Removing
– Remove battery ⇒ page 10 .
w
– Pull cutting cord through adhesive sealant into vehicle interior

using awl - V.A.G 1474/2- .
– Secure end of cutting cord on pull handle - V.A.G 1351/1- to
prevent it from being pulled out.
w
– Lay cutting cord around battery tray, and guide second end of
cord inwards into vehicle interior.
w
– Secure end of cutting cord to removal kit for flush bonded win‐
dows - VAS 6452- .
– Use wedge - V.A.G 1474/5- to press cutting cord against bat‐
tery tray while cutting in order to gain clearance at spare wheel
well.
– Cut out battery tray.

Polo 2014 ➤
Installing
WARNING
Keep bonding surface free of dirt and grease.

Do not treat bonding surface with activator immediately after
om
cutting back. Do not prime. Do not treat with cleaning solution.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
– Cut back remaining material on spare y V wheel well using U-sha‐
olk not
gu
ped blade - V.A.G 1561/3- , butrisdo
ed not remove it completely.
b ara
nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
.c
s
Note
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
The remaining material is required as a base for better adhesion
erm
ab
of the new adhesive sealant to be applied. Keep bonding surfaces
ility
ot p
t
clean and free of grease.
wit
, is n
h re
ke
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
WARNING
t to the co
Exception: if bonding is performed later than one day after cut‐
ting back the adhesive bead, the remaining material must be
rrectness of i
activated with the activator .
ar
l purpos
Apply the activator evenly in one stroke using the applicator .

The activator must not come in contact with paint, or the paint‐
nf
ercia
work will be damaged.
o
m
rm
m
atio
Allow to air dry for approx. 10 minutes.
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
– Bond in battery tray using window adhesive ⇒ Electronic Parts

io
o
r
rp
cu
Catalogue .
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Installing battery ⇒ page 10 . ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
Specified torques
ix
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - battery”, page 6 Prote AG.
.p
1.6 Checking battery

Test sequence
– Check battery ⇒ Electrical system, General information; Rep.
w
gr. 27 ; Checking battery .
Note
w
During vehicle self-diagnosis, the battery is monitored by the data

bus diagnostic interface - J533- ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
w
1.7 Charging battery

Procedure
– Charging battery ⇒ Electrical system, General information;
Rep. gr. 27 ; Charging battery .
1. Battery 21
n AG. Volkswagen AG age does
ksw not
Vol
Polo 2014 ➤ by gu
ara
ed nte
Electrical system - Edition t10.2019
ho
ris eo
au ra
c
ss
1.8 Removing and installing earth wire with
ce
le
un
pt
battery monitor control unit - J367-
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “1.8.1 Removing and installing earth cable with battery monitor
ility
ot p
control unit J367 , battery in engine compartment”, page 22
wit
is n
h re
ole,
⇒ “1.8.2 Removing and installing earth cable with battery monitor
spec
control unit J367 , battery in luggage compartment”, page 23
t to the co
om
1.8.1 Removing and installing earth cable with
battery monitor control unit - J367- , bat‐
rrectne
tery in engine compartment
s
s o
cial p
f in
.c form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
t
t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
ke um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ar
Removing
m
⇒ page 15 .
unit - J367- -3-.
io
ix
.p
– Unscrew nut -2- and disconnect earth cable together with bat‐
w
tery monitor control unit - J367- -1-.

Installing
w

– Adapt battery monitor control unit - J367- ⇒ page 24 .
w
Specified torques

Polo 2014 ➤
1.8.2 Removing and installing earth cable with

battery monitor control unit - J367- , bat‐
tery in luggage compartment
Removing
Note
om
Fit the cable ties in the original position when installing.

wage
.c
e
– Lift luggage compartment
yV
olks floor, and attach it to sbody.
not
gu b ara
ed
– If fitted, remove
tho
ris spare wheel. nte
e or
au ac
– Remove svehicle
s tool kit.
t
ce
le
un
pt
– Open cover -3- on battery negative terminal.
an
d
ke
itte
y li
– Loosen nut a few turns.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
nal.
h re
hole
spec
– Disconnect connector -7-.
es, in part or in w
ar
t to the co
– Cut through cable tie -1-.
– Lay earth cable -4- to one side -arrows-. rrectness of i
– Unscrew nut -5-.
m
l purpos
– Remove earth wire with battery monitor control unit - J367-

-2-.
nform
ercia
Installing
m
io
a
com

ion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva
do
r
Specified torques
rp
c
ix
um
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
1.9 Removing and installing battery isolator
.p
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w
1. Battery 23
Polo 2014 ➤
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
Removing rise nte
.c
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
WARNING
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
t
rm
ab
pe
ility
ke
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ar rrectness of i

l purpos
– Disconnect battery ⇒ page 15 .

m
nform
ercia
– Disconnect electrical connector -2-.

m
– Unscrew nuts -1-.

a
com
tion in
– Remove battery isolator -4- from fuse holder A - SA- .

r
te o
io
thi
s
iva
Installing
do
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
ix
op
– Connect battery ⇒ page 15 . C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Specified torques co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
.p
♦ ⇒ “1.2 Assembly overview - battery isolator”, page 9
1.10 Adapting battery monitor control unit -

w
J367-
After the installation of a new battery or a new battery monitor
control unit - J367- , the battery monitor control unit - J367- must
w
be adapted.
– Adapt battery monitor control unit - J367- ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.
w

Polo 2014 ➤
2 Jump start point

⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - jump-start terminal”, page 25
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing jump starting point”, page 25
2.1 Assembly overview - jump-start terminal
om
1 - Support
❑ For jump start point and
air filter housing
⇒ page 25
2 - Nuts
.c
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 20 Nm
t
3 - Positive cable
ke
4 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
5 - Cover
6 - Connecting bar
❑ For positive cables
ar
7 - Nut
❑ 10 Nm AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
m
8 - Positive cable by V ol not
gu
ara
ed
❑ To electronics
horis box nte
eo
aut ra
9 - Bolt ss c
ce
e
❑ 10 Nm
io
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
10 - E-box
erm
ab
ility
ot p
11 - Vertical plate
wit
, is n
ix
h re
12 - Earth tap
hole
spec
❑ 20 Nm
es, in part or in w
t to the co
13 - Cover
.p
❑ For battery positive tap

rrectness of i
14 - Battery positive tap

l purpos
❑ 20 Nm
w
15 - Positive cable
nform
ercia
❑ To starter
m
at
w
16 - Bolt
om
ion
c
in t
❑ 20 Nm
or
his
ate
do
priv
c
w
um
for
en
g
2.2 Removing and installing jump starting

n
t.
yi Co
op py
point
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
Removing
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Rep. gr. 24 ; Air filter; Removing
and installing air filter housing .
2. Jump start point 25

Polo 2014 ➤
– Release fasteners -arrows-.

– Remove cover -1-.
om
– Unbolt battery positive tap -6-.
.c
– Remove wire -7-, and lay it to one side.
– Lever off cap -2-.
– Unscrew nuts -1 and 5-.
t
– Remove wires -3 and 4-, and lay them to one side.
ke
ar
– Unscrew bolt -3-. lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
m
d b
– Slightly lift mounting. o
ir se
ran
tee
th or
u
– Separate electrical connector. ss
a ac
ce
le
– Move clear wiring harness.

un
pt
an
d
io itte
– Remove mounting. y li
rm
ab
pe
Installing ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
ix hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Specified torques
.p
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - jump-start terminal”, page 25

rrectness of i
l purpos
w
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
w
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
w
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
3 Alternator
⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - alternator”, page 27
⇒ “3.2 Removing and installing alternator”, page 30
⇒ “3.3 Checking alternator”, page 42
⇒ “3.4 Checking poly V-belt”, page 42
om
⇒ “3.5 Removing and installing poly V-belt pulley”, page 42
⇒ “3.6 Removing and installing voltage regulator C1 ”,
page 50
3.1 Assembly overview - alternator
.c
⇒ “3.1.1 Assembly overview - alternator”, page 27
⇒ “3.1.2 Assembly overview - alternator with decoupler pulley with
freewheel”, page 28
t
⇒ “3.1.3 Assembly overview - alternator without sliding bushes”,
page 29
ke
3.1.1 Assembly overview - alternator
1 - Alternator
ar
⇒ page 30
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Checking poly V-belt lksw
agen oes
not
⇒ page 42 d by V o
m
gu
ara
se nte
❑ Removing thori and installing eo
poly V-belt
s au pulley ra
c
⇒ page 42
s
ce
le
un
pt

io
an
d
itte
voltage regulator - C1-

y li
erm
ab
⇒ page 50
ility
ot p
wit
2 - Bolt
is n
h re
ix
ole,
❑ Qty. 2
spec
❑ 23 Nm
t to the co
3 - Sliding bush
.p
❑ Qty. 2
rrectne
❑ Ensure that bushes

slide freely and are not
s
too tight (loosen, if nec‐

s
w
essary), as clamping
cial p
f in
force of a stiff bush will

form
mer
be insufficient even
atio
when the correct torque

w om
is applied.
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
5 - Cover
fo
w
en
ng
t.
yi Co
6 - Nut Cop py
t. rig
gh
❑ 20 Nm
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
7 - 30/B+ wire
agen
Prote AG.
8 - Nut
❑ Not fitted on all alterna‐
tors
3. Alternator 27
Polo 2014 ➤
❑ 3.2 Nm
9 - Clamp
❑ Not fitted on all alternators
10 - Threaded pin
❑ 3.2 Nm
om
3.1.2 Assembly overview - alternator with decoupler pulley with freewheel
1 - Alternator n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
❑ Removing and installing byV ua
.c
d ran
⇒ page 30 ir se tee
tho
u or
❑ Checking ⇒ page 42 ss
a ac
ce
le
❑ Checking poly V-belt

un
pt
⇒ page 42
an
d
t
itte
y li
erm
ab
ke
ility
poly V-belt pulley
ot p
wit
⇒ page 42
is n
h re
ole,
spec
voltage regulator - C1-
⇒ page 50
t to the co
2 - Decoupler pulley with free‐
ar
wheel
rrectne
⇒ page 42
s
m
s
❑ Distinguishing between
o
cial p
f i
different types of decou‐
nform
pler pulleys with free‐
mer
wheel ⇒ page 48
atio
om
n
io c
3 - Nut
i
or
n thi
te
sd
❑ 80 Nm
iva
o
pr
cum
r
4 - Cover
fo
en
ng
ix
t.
yi Co
5 - Bolts Cop py
t. rig
gh
❑ Qty. 2
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
❑ 23 Nm cted
.p
agen
Prote AG.
6 - Sliding bushes
❑ Qty. 2
• Make sure that bushes
w
slide freely and are not too

tight (loosen, if necessary),
if the clamping force of a
stiff bush will be insufficient
w
even when the correct torque is applied.

8 - 30/B+ wire
w
9 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
10 - Cover
11 - Nut
❑ 3.2 Nm

Polo 2014 ➤
12 - Clamp
13 - Threaded pin
❑ 3.2 Nm
om
3.1.3 Assembly overview - alternator without sliding bushes
1 - Bolts
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 23 Nm
.c
2 - Alternator
⇒ page 30
t
ke
4 - Terminal 30/B+
5 - Cover
6 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
ar
m
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
io
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
ix
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
.p
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
w
rrectness of i
l purpos
w
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
w
or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Alternator 29
Polo 2014 ➤
3.2 Removing and installing alternator

⇒ “3.2.1 Removing and installing alternator, vehicles with 1.0 l IDI
engine”, page 30
⇒ “3.2.2 Removing and installing alternator - vehicles with 1.0 l
FSI engine”, page 31
⇒ “3.2.3 Removing and installing alternator, vehicles with 1.2 l TSI
om
engine”, page 32
⇒ “3.2.4 Removing and installing alternator, vehicles with 1.2 l/81
KW TSI engine”, page 34
⇒ “3.2.5 Removing and installing alternator, vehicles with 1.4 l/
110 kW TSI engine”, page 36
⇒ “3.2.6 Removing and installing alternator, vehicles with 1.4 l TDI
.c
engine”, page 38
⇒ “3.2.7 Removing and installing alternator, vehicles with 1.8 l/
141 KW TSI engine”, page 40
t
3.2.1 Removing and installing alternator, ve‐
ke
hicles with 1.0 l IDI engine
ar
m
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
o eo
io
th
au ra
ss c ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Removing
rm
ix
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
⇒ page 15 .
h re
hole
spec
– Remove poly V-belt ⇒ Rep. gr. 13 ; Cylinder block, pulley end;

.p es, in part or in w
Removing and installing poly V-belt .

t to the co
– Unscrew bolts -arrow- of alternator -1-.

– Remove alternator -1- from bracket with electrical wiring still
rrectness of i
w
connected.
l purpos
w
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
w
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤

– Pull off cap for 30/B+ wire -2-
– Unscrew nut -3-, and remove 30/B+ wire -2-.
– Remove alternator -1- upwards.
Installing agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V
om
gu
Install in the reverse order ed of removal, observing the following:
by ara
nte
ris
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Drive sliding bushes -A- about 4 mm in -direction of arrow- out
ility
ot p
of alternator housing.
.c
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Always start engine and check belt running after completing
t to the co
work.
t
Specified torques
ke rrectne
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - alternator”, page 27
ss o
cial p
f inform
ar
mer
atio
m
3.2.2 Removing and installing alternator - ve‐

o
n
c
i
or
n
hicles with 1.0 l FSI engine
thi
te
sd
va
m
i
o
r

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
io
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ix
.p

w
w
w
3. Alternator 31
Polo 2014 ➤
Removing
⇒ page 15 .
– Remove tensioner for poly V-belt ⇒ Rep. gr. 13 ; Cylinder
block (pulley end); Removing and installing tensioner for poly
om
V-belt . n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-. byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
Note ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ If alternator -1- is stuck in the bracket, screw bolts -arrows-
an
.c
itte
y li
back in by 2 turns.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Carefully hit bolt heads with flat side of hammer to release
wit
, is n
sliding bushes of alternator mounting.
h re
t
hole
spec
ke
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Lever off cap -2- of 30/B+ wire -4-.
rrectness of i
– Unscrew nut.
l purpos
– Detach 30/B+ wire -4-.

ar
nf
ercia
– Remove alternator -1- with connector -3- from bracket.
orm
m
atio
m
m
o
n in
or c
– Remove alternator -1- downwards and to the right.
thi
te
sd
iva
Installing
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
io
t.
yi Co
op py
– To facilitate positioning of alternator , slide bushes of alternator t. C rig
gh ht
mounting slightly towards rear. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
ix
Prote AG.
Note
Make sure that bushes slide freely and are not too tight (loosen,
.p
if necessary) because otherwise the clamping force of a stiff bush

will be insufficient even when the correct torque is applied.

w

work.
Specified torques
w

w
hicles with 1.2 l TSI engine


Polo 2014 ➤
om
Removing
.c
⇒ page 15 .
t
V-belt .
ke
Vehicles with air conditioning system
Caution
Risk of damage to air conditioner compressor, refrigerant lines

ar
and refrigerant hoses:
♦ Do NOT stretch, kink or bend refrigerant lines and hoses.
m
– Remove air conditioner compressor from bracket ⇒ Heating,
air conditioning system; Rep. gr. 87 ; Air conditioner com‐
pressor; Removing air conditioner compressor from and in‐
stalling on bracket .
io
. Volkswag AG en AG
agen does
– Secure air conditioner compressor to ylockVol carrier so that re‐
ksw not
gu
frigerant lines are not under tension.
ise
d b ara
nte
r
ho eo
Continued for all vehicles ut ra
ix
a c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
.p
Note
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re

ole,
back in by 2 turns.
spec
w

t to the co

rrectne
w
ss o
cial p
f in
w
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
33
AG.
3. Alternator
Polo 2014 ➤

connected.
n AG -4-. . Volkswagen AG
– Unscrew nut, and remove 30/B+
ksw
agewire does
not
Vol gu
– Remove alternator -1- by
ddownwards and to the right. ara
e
om
ris nte
ho eo
Installing aut ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– To facilitate positioning of alternator, slide bushes of alternator
y li
erm
ab
mounting slightly towards back.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
.c
h re
ole,
Note
spec
t to the co
t
ke rrectne
ss
o
cial p
f
work.
inform
mer
Specified torques
ar
atio
om
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - alternator”, page 27 n

c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
m
fo
hicles with 1.2 l/81 KW TSI engine

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
lksw
io
cted agen
Prote AG.
ix
.p
w

w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
Removing
– Disconnect earth wire from battery ⇒ page 15 .
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise in‐
sulation .
om
Caution
.c
t
ke
– Secure air conditioner compressor to body with suitable ma‐
terial (e.g. welding wire).
ar
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
m
Refrigerant lines must not bebyunder
Vol
tension. not
gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
s aut ra
c
s
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- of alternator -1-.
ce
e
nl
io
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
ix
h re

hole
back in by 2 turns.
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
.p

rrectness of i
– Depending on vehicle equipment, unscrew nut

⇒ Item 11 (page 28) on alternator .
l purpos
w
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
w
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
w
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Alternator 35
Polo 2014 ➤

– Unscrew nut.
– Depending on vehicle equipment, remove clamp
⇒ Item 9 (page 28) on alternator .
– Remove alternator -1- with connector -3- from bracket.
om
Installing
– To facilitate positioning of alternator , slide bushes of alternator
.c
mounting slightly towards rear.
Note
t
ke

ar
work.
Specified torques
m
3.2.5 Removing and installing alternator, ve‐ swage
es n
hicles with 1.4 l/110 kW TSI engine olk ot g
yV ua
io
b
ed ra nte
ris
Special tools and workshop equipment required utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
ix
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
.p
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
w
rrectness of i
l purpos
w
nform
mercia
a
com
t
w
ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
om
Removing
.c
– Disconnect earth wire from battery ⇒ page 15 .
t
ke
sulation .
V-belt .
ar
Caution
Risk of damage to air conditionerAcompressor,

G. Volkswagen Arefrigerant lines
m
and refrigerant hoses: lkswagen G do
es n
o o t gu
yV
♦ Do NOT stretch,
ris
ed kink or bend refrigerant lines and hoses.
b ara
nte
tho eo
au ra
io
ss c
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li

rm
ab
pe
ility
ix
ot
wit
, is n
– Secure air conditioner compressor to body with suitable ma‐

h re
terial (e.g. welding wire).

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
.p
t to the co
Note
Refrigerant lines must not be under tension.

rrectness of i
w l purpos

– If fitted, unscrew nut -6-.
nform
ercia
w m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
w
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Alternator 37
Polo 2014 ➤

– Unscrew nut.
– Pull off clamp -2-.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- of alternator -1-.
om
Note

back in by 2 turns.
.c
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
– Disconnect electrical connector -5-.rised ara
nte
ho eo
– Remove alternator -1- downwards aut and to the right. ra
t
ss c
ce
e
Installing
nl
pt
ke
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
– To facilitate positioning of alternator , slide bushes of alternator
ot p
wit
mounting slightly towards rear.
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ar
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
rrectness of i
m
l purpos

nf
ercia

o
io
rm
work.
m
atio
om
n in
Specified torques
or c
thi
te

sd
a
ix
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
hicles with 1.4 l TDI engine
t. C rig
.p
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
om
Removing
.c
⇒ page 15 .
t
ke
Caution

ar
m
pressor; Removing air conditioner compressor kfrom n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swageand in‐ es n
stalling on bracket . by
Vol ot g
ua d ran
ise
io
– Secure air conditioner compressor tothlockor carrier so that re‐ tee

or
frigerant lines are not under tension.
ss
au ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
ix itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
.p hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
w
rrectness of i
l purpos
w
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
w
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Alternator 39
Polo 2014 ➤

Note lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
♦ If alternator th-1-
or is stuck in the bracket, screw bolts -arrows-
is tee
back in bys a2
u turns. or
om
ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
connected.
, is n
h re
hole
spec
.c
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Unscrew nut, and detach 30/B+ wire -3-.
t
rrectness of i
– If fitted, unscrew nut -6-, and pull off clamp -2-.
ke
l purpos

Installing
nf
ercia
o
rm
m
atio
m
– To facilitate positioning of alternator, slide bushes of alternator

o
ar n in
c
mounting slightly towards back.

or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Note
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
m
Co
op py
Make sure that bushes slide freely and are not too tight (loosen, t. C rig
gh ht
if necessary) because otherwise the clamping force of a stiff bush yri
p by
o Vo
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
io

work.
ix
Specified torques
.p

hicles with 1.8 l/141 KW TSI engine
w
♦ Engine bung set - VAS 6122-

w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
Removing
⇒ page 15 .
– Unscrew bolts -1 and 2-.
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
.c
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Open clamp -arrow-.
pe
ility
ot
wit
t
, is n
– Pull off charge air hose -1-.
h re
hole
ke
spec
– Seal open lines and connections with suitable plugs from en‐
es, in part or in w
gine bung set - VAS 6122- .
t to the co
rrectness of i
ar
l purpos
nform
ercia
m
m
a
com
ti
on in
r
te o
thi
– Open clamp -2-.
s
iva
do
r
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.

rp
c
io
um
fo
en
ng
t.
– Pull off charge air pipe -1-.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Remove charge air pipe -1- downwards. gh ht
pyri by
ix
co Vo
by lksw
– Remove air conditioner compressor from bracket ⇒ Heating, Prote
cted AG.
agen
.p
w
w
w
3. Alternator 41
Polo 2014 ➤
– Free off wiring harness -arrow-.

– Unscrew bolts -5 and 6-.
– Move alternator -4- towards front.
– Pull off cap -2-.
om
– Unscrew nut, and remove terminal 30/B+ -1-.
– Take alternator out downwards.
Installing
.c
– Start engine, and check if belt runs properly.
Specified torques
t
ke
3.3 Checking alternator
Test sequence
– Check alternator ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
3.4 Checking poly V-belt

ar
Test sequence
– Check poly V-belt ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 27.1 ; Descriptions
of work .
m
3.5 Removing and installing poly V-belt pul‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
ley yV
olkswagen oes
not
g
io
b ua
ed ran
⇒ “3.5.1 Removing and installinghopoly
ris V-belt pulley without free‐ tee
wheel”, page 42 aut or
ac
ss
⇒ “3.5.2 Removing and installing poly V-belt pulley with free‐
ce
le
un
pt
wheel, manufacturer: Bosch”, page 43

ix
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
⇒ “3.5.3 Removing and installing poly V-belt pulley with free‐

pe
ility
wheel, manufacturer: Valeo”, page 45

ot
wit
, is n
.p
h re
⇒ “3.5.4 Removing and installing decoupler pulley with freewheel

hole
”, page 47
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3.5.1 Removing and installing poly V-belt pul‐

ley without freewheel
w
rrectness of i

l purpos
♦ Socket insert - 3310-

w
nform
mercia
a
com
t
w
ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
om
ol not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Removing
ility
.c
ot p
– Remove alternator ⇒ page 30 .
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Clamp alternator in a vice at mounting points.
spec
– Unscrew nut of poly V-belt pulley from alternator shaft using
t
t to the co
socket - 3310- .
ke
– Remove poly V-belt pulley from alternator shaft.
rrectne
Installing
s
s o
cial p
f i
ar
nform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
m
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
Specified torques
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Component Specified torque
t. rig
gh
io
ht
pyri by
Vo
Poly V-belt pulley to alternator shaft 65 Nm
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ix

ley with freewheel, manufacturer: Bosch
.p

♦ Multipoint adapter - 3400-
w
w
w
3. Alternator 43
Polo 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut
om
a ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Removing
ole,
.c spec
t to the co
– Lever off poly V-belt pulley cap.
t rrectne
– Insert adapter - 3400- into poly V-belt pulley using 17 mm ring
ke
spanner.
ss o
cial p
– Insert M10 multipoint bit -1- into alternator shaft.
f inform
mer
– Counterhold alternator shaft whilst releasing poly V-belt pulley
atio
by turning it anti-clockwise with ring spanner.
m
ar
o
n
c
i
or
n
– Hold poly V-belt pulley stationary by hand.
thi
te
sd
va
– Turn alternator shaft until poly V-belt pulley can be removed.

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
Installing
en
ng
m
t.
yi Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
– Screw poly V-belt pulley by hand onto alternator shaft as far
co Vo
by lksw
cted
as stop.
agen
Prote AG.
io
ix
– Convert torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- as follows for installing

poly V-belt pulley:
.p
♦ Release socket drive -1- and pull off grip -2-.

♦ Turn grip -2- 180°, and reinsert socket -1-.
♦ Set turning direction of torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- to anti-
w
clockwise at socket drive.

w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Insert M10 multipoint bit -1- into alternator shaft.

– Counterhold adapter - 3400- using 17 mm ring spanner.
– Tighten poly V-belt pulley by turning alternator shaft anti-
clockwise using torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- .
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
.c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
t
wit
, is n
h re
ke
hole
Specified torques
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
ar
l purpos

ley with freewheel, manufacturer: Valeo
nf
ercia
orm
m
m
atio

om
n in
c
♦ Multipoint adapter - 3400- depending on version

or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
io
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
ix
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
.p
♦ Multipoint adapter - T10474- depending on version

w
w
w
3. Alternator 45
Polo 2014 ➤
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
♦ TORX driver bit - V.A.G 1603/1-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
.c
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
t h re
hole
spec
ke
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
ar
l purpos
Removing
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
om
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a
– Lever off poly V-belt pulley cap.

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
– Insert multipoint adapter - 3400- with ring spanner (width

m
io
f
en
ng
t.
across flats 17) or multipoint adapter - T10474- with ring span‐ op
yi Co
ner (width across flats 19) in poly V-belt pulley.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
ix
cted agen
Note
Prote AG.
Illustration shows version with multipoint adapter - 3400- .

.p
– Insert TORX key - V.A.G 1603/1- into alternator shaft.

– Counterhold alternator shaft whilst releasing poly V-belt pulley
by turning it anti-clockwise with ring spanner.
w
– Hold poly V-belt pulley stationary by hand.

– Turn alternator shaft until poly V-belt pulley can be removed.
w
Installing
– Screw poly V-belt pulley by hand onto alternator shaft as far
w
as stop.

Polo 2014 ➤
– Convert torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- as follows for installing

poly V-belt pulley:
♦ Release socket drive -1- and pull off grip -2-.
♦ Turn grip -2- 180°, and reinsert socket -1-.
♦ Set turning direction of torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- to anti-
clockwise at socket drive.
om
– Insert TORX key - V.A.G 1603/1- into alternator shaft.
.c
– Counterhold adapter - 3400- using 17 mm ring spanner.
– Tighten poly V-belt pulley by turning alternator shaft anti-
clockwise using torque wrench
olksw
- V.A.G 1332- .
AG. V agen AG
agen
t
does
olksw not
yV gu
db ara
ke
rise nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ar ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
m
t to the co
rrectness of i
Specified torques
io
l purpos

nform
ercia

ix
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
3.5.4 Removing and installing “decoupler pul‐

his
ate
do
riv
.p
ley with freewheel”

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
General description
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
There are different types of decoupler pulleys with freewheel.
gh ht
yri
w
p by
co Vo
by lksw
Before each removal of the decoupler pulley with freewheel, it is
Prote
cted AG.
agen
essential to determine the appropriate special tool to be used.
w
Caution
The length of the poly V-belt depends on the version of de‐

coupler pulley with freewheel installed.
w
Check which type of decoupler pulley with freewheel is instal‐

led to ensure that the correct poly V-belt is installed.
For proper allocation of the poly V-belt, refer to ⇒ Electronic
Parts Catalogue “ETKA” .
3. Alternator 47
Polo 2014 ➤
Distinguishing between different types of decoupler pulleys with

freewheel
-A- decoupler pulley with freewheel, small; special tool to be used:
adapter - T10474-
-B- decoupler pulley with freewheel, large; special tool to be used:
adapter - 3400-
om
Note
Poly V-belts used for large decoupler pulleys with freewheel must
be longer (due to larger diameter of the pulley), and vary depend‐
ing on the installation of an air conditioning system in the vehicle.
t .c
ke
ar
♦ Multipoint adapter - T10474-
m
io
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise
ix
r nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
♦ Multipoint adapter - 3400-

nl
pt
du
an
.p
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
w
rrectness of i
l purpos
w
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
48
cop Vo
by lksw
Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS cted agen

Prote AG.
Polo 2014 ➤
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
♦ TORX driver bit - V.A.G 1603/1-
nl
pt
du
.c an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
t
hole
spec
ke
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
ar
nform
ercia
Removing
m
at
om
i
m
on
c
in t
or
his
ate
– Lever cap off poly V-belt pulley using a commercially available
do
priv
c
screwdriver, for example.
um
for
en
g
io n
t.
yi
– Insert multipoint adapter - T10474- or multipoint adapter -
Co
op py
3400- -1- into pulley and fit a 17 mm ring spanner.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Insert TORX key - V.A.G 1603/1- -2- into alternator shaft. by c lksw
cted agen
ix
Prote AG.
– Turn alternator shaft clockwise to loosen it, counterholding
with ring spanner while doing so.
– Hold decoupled pulley with freewheel stationary with your
.p
hand, and turn alternator shaft until decoupled pulley with

freewheel can be removed.
Installing
w

Modify the torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- as follows to assemble
decoupler pulley with freewheel:
w
w
3. Alternator 49
Polo 2014 ➤
– Release socket drive -1- and pull off grip -2-.

– Turn torque wrench grip -2- 180° and reinsert socket drive.
– Set turning direction of torque wrench to anti-clockwise at
socket drive.
– First screw poly V-belt pulley with freewheel onto alternator
shaft by hand to stop.
om
– Insert multipoint adapter - T10474- -1- into decoupler pulley
with freewheel, and fit a ring spanner.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Insert TORX key - V.A.G 1603/1- -2- into alternator
olks
wage shaft.
n oes
not
yV gu
.c
b
– Turn alternator shaft anti-clockwise usingris torque wrench -
ed ara
nte
V.A.G 1332- -3- in order to tighten decoupled
utho pulley with eo
ra
freewheel. ss
a c
ce
le
Specified torques
un
pt
t an
d
itte
y li
erm
ke
ab
ility
ot p
Securing nut for decoupler pulley 80 Nm
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
ar
rrectne
m
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
3.6 Removing and installing voltage regula‐ atio

m
io
o
n
c
i
or
tor - C1-
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
⇒ “3.6.1 Removing and installing voltage regulator C1 , Bosch,

p
cum
r
fo
version 1”, page 50

ix
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “3.6.2 Removing and installing voltage regulator C1 , Bosch, C py
t. rig
version 2”, page 51
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
.p
⇒ “3.6.3 Removing and installing voltage regulator C1 , Valeo”, cted agen

Prote AG.
page 52
3.6.1 Removing and installing voltage regula‐

tor - C1- , Bosch, version 1
w

♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
Removing
– Unscrew bolt and nuts -arrows-.
– Carefully lever protective cap off alternator.
om
.c
– Remove bolts -arrows- for voltage regulator - C1- .
– Remove voltage regulator - C1- from alternator.
t
Installing
ke
ar
G. Volkswagen AG d
Specified torques lkswagen A
m
oes
o not
yV gu
db ara
Component rise nte Specified torque
ho eo
ut
Bolt M4
ss
a for voltage regulator - C1- ra
c 2 Nm
io
Bolts M5 for voltage regulator - C1- 4.5 Nm

ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Nuts M5 of protective cap 4.5 Nm

itte
y li
erm
ab
Bolt M4 of protective cap 2 Nm

ility
ot p
ix
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
.p
tor - C1- , Bosch, version 2

rrectness of i
♦ Offset screwdriver for slotted screws - VAS 6416-

l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
w m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
w
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Alternator 51
Polo 2014 ➤
om
Removing
.c
– Using angle driver for cross-head screws - VAS 6416- , care‐
fully lever off protective cap -1- at fasteners -arrows-.
t
ke
ar
m
– Remove bolts -arrows-agfor
en Avoltage
G. Volkswregulator
agen AG - C1- .
do w es n
olks o
– Remove voltage
d b regulator - C1- from alternator. uar
yV tg
e an
ris tee
Installing utho or
io
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ix
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
.p
t to the co
Specified torques
rrectne

w
Bolts for voltage regulator - C1- 2 Nm

ss o
cial p
f in
w
form
mer

atio
om
tor - C1- , Valeo

n
c
i
or
n thi
e
w t
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Encuentra más manuales en: byV
olkswage
es n
www.pixiomarket.com
ot g
ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
auth or
ac Polo 2014 ➤
ss Electrical system - Edition 10.2019
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
om
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Removing
m
at
.c
om
io
n
c
in t
or
his
e
– Carefully lever protective cap -1- off alternator.

at
do
priv
cum
or
t
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
ke
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote ar AG.
m
– Unscrew bolts -2- of voltage regulator - C1- -3-.
– Remove voltage regulator - C1- -3- from alternator.
Installing
io

– Install voltage regulator - C1- .
ix
.p
– Press down protective cap for carbon brushes -A- in

-direction of arrow- until it is flush with voltage regulator hous‐
ing.
w
w
w
3. Alternator 53
Encuentra másolksmanuales
wage
n AG. Volkswagen Aen:
G do
es n
ot
www.pixiomarket.com
V gu
by ara
ed
Polo 2014 ➤ ho ris nte
eo
t
Electrical systemau - Edition 10.2019 ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
– Fit new protective cap -1- to alternator.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
om
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
Specified torques
orm
.c
m
atio
om
n in
c
Bolts for voltage regulator - C1- 4 Nm

or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
t
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
ke
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ar
m
io
ix
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
4 Starter motor
⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview – starter”, page 55
⇒ “4.2 Removing and installing starter”, page 62
⇒ “4.3 Checking starter”, page 70
4.1 Assembly overview – starter
om
⇒ “4.1.1 Assembly overview - starter, vehicles with 5-speed man‐
ual gearbox, 0CF (MQ100-5F)”, page 55
ual gearbox, 0A4 (MQ250-5F)”, page 57 wage
e ks s no
Vol t gu
⇒ “4.1.3 Assembly overview - starter, vehiclesed with 5-speed man‐
by ara
.c
ual gearbox, 02T (MQ200-5F), 0DF (MQ250-5F)”,
horis page 58 nte
eo
t
au ra
⇒ “4.1.4 Assembly overview - starter, vehicles
ss with 6-speed man‐ c
ual gearbox, 02U (MQ200-6F), 0DQ (MQ200-6F)”, page 59
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
t
itte
y li
rm
ab
ual gearbox, 0A8 (MQ350-6F)”, page 60
ke
pe
ility
ot
wit
⇒ “4.1.6 Assembly overview - starter, vehicles with 7-speed dual
, is n
h re
clutch gearbox, 0CW (DQ200-7F)”, page 61
hole
spec
4.1.1 Assembly overview - starter, vehicles with 5-speed manual gearbox, 0CF
es, in part or in w
t to the co
(MQ100-5F)
ar
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
io
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
ix n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
.p
agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w
4. Starter motor 55
Polo 2014 ➤
1 - Starter motor
⇒ page 62
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
2 - 30/B+ wire olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
d
3 - Nut orise nte
eo
h
ut
om
❑ 20 Nm ss a ra
c
ce
le
4 - Cover
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
6 - Bolt
ot
wit
, is n
❑ Qty. 2
h re
hole
.c
❑ 40 Nm
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
t
rrectness of i
ke
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
ti
ar
on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
m
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
io
ix
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
4.1.2 Assembly overview - starter, vehicles with 5-speed manual gearbox, 0A4
(MQ250-5F) gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed
1 - Starter motor ho
ris nte
eo
t
❑ Removing and installing au ra
c
ss
⇒ page 62
ce
le
un
pt
om
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
2 - Bolt
ility
ot p
❑ Qty. 2
wit
is n
h re
❑ 80 Nm
ole,
spec
3 - Earth cable
t to the co
❑ Depending on equip‐
.c
ment
rrectne
4 - Nut
t s
ment
s o
ke
cial p
f
❑ 20 Nm
inform
mer
atio
om
6 - Nut
n
c
i
or
n thi
❑ Qty. 2
te
sd
a
ar
iv
o
❑ 20 Nm
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
7 - Cover
t.
yi Co
Cop py
8 - 30/B+ wire ht. rig
rig ht
m
py by
o Vo
9 - Nut
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ment
❑ 20 Nm
io
10 - Earth cable
ment
ix
11 - Bracket
❑ For wiring harness
.p
w
w
w
4. Starter motor 57
Polo 2014 ➤
4.1.3 Assembly overview - starter, vehicles with 5-speed manual gearbox, 02T
(MQ200-5F), 0DF (MQ250-5F)
1 - Starter motor
⇒ page 62
om
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 80 Nm
.c
4 - 30/B+ wire
5 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
t
AG. Volkswagen AG d
6 - Cover ksw
agen oes
ke
ol not
yV gu
7 - Bracket ised b ara
nte
or
❑ For wiring harness aut
h eo
ra
ss c
8 - Nut
ce
le
un
pt
❑ 20 Nm
an
d
itte
ar
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
m
t to the co
rrectne
io
ss o
cial p
f in
ix
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
.p t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
w
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
4.1.4 Assembly overview - starter, vehicles with 6-speed manual gearbox, 02U
(MQ200-6F), 0DQ (MQ200-6F)
1 - Starter motor
⇒ page 62
om
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 80 Nm
.c
4 - 30/B+ wire
5 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
t
6 - Cover
ke
7 - Bracket
8 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
ar
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
m
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
io
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ix
es, in part or in w
t to the co
.p
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
w
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
w
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
w
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Starter motor 59
Encuentra
Volksw más manuales
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
g
en: www.pixiomarket.com
y ua
db ran
ise
Poloth2014
or ➤ tee
or
s au
Electrical system - Edition 10.2019 ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
4.1.5 Assembly overview - starter, vehicles with 6-speed manual gearbox, 0A8
an
d
itte
y li
rm
(MQ350-6F)
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
1 - Starter motor
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ page 62
om
rrectness of i
2 - Bolts
❑ Qty. 2
l purpos
❑ 80 Nm
nform
ercia
m
.c
a
4 - 30/B+ wire
com
tion in
5 - Nut
r
te o
thi
s
iva
❑ 20 Nm
do
r
rp
t
um
fo
6 - Cover
en
ng
ke
t.
yi Co
op
7 - Bracket C py
t. rig
gh ht
❑ For wiring harness yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
8 - Nut
agen
Prote AG.
❑ 20 Nm
ar
m
io
ix
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
4.1.6 Assembly overview - starter, vehicles with 7-speed dual clutch gearbox,
0CW (DQ200-7F)
1 - Starter motor
⇒ page 62
om
2 - Bolt
❑ 80 Nm
3 - Earth cable
❑ Depending on equip‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
ment ol not
.c
V gu
by d a ran
se
4 - Nut ho
ri tee
aut or
ac
❑ Depending
ss on equip‐
ment
ce
le
un
pt
t
an
d
❑ 20 Nm
itte
y li
ke
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
6 - Nut
h re
ole,
❑ 20 Nm
spec
7 - Cover
t to the co
ar
8 - 30/B+ wire rrectne
9 - Bolt
❑ 80 Nm
m
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
io
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
ix
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
.p
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w
4. Starter motor 61
Polo 2014 ➤
4.2 Removing and installing starter

⇒ “4.2.1 Removing and installing starter, vehicles with 5-speed
manual gearbox, 0CF (MQ100-5F)”, page 62
manual gearbox, 04A (MQ250-5F)”, page 63
om
manual gearbox, 02T (MQ200-5F), 0DF (MQ250-5F)”,
page 65
manual gearbox, 02U (MQ200-6F), 0DQ (MQ200-6F)”,
page 66
manual gearbox, 0A8 (MQ350-6F)”, page 68
.c
dual clutch gearbox, 0CW (DQ200-7F)”, page 69
4.2.1 Removing and installing starter, vehi‐
t
cles with 5-speed manual gearbox, 0CF
ke
(MQ100-5F)
ar
lkswage es n
m
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
io
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
ix
h re
Removing
hole
spec
– Remove battery tray ⇒ page 18 .

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove gear selector cable and gate selector cable from

.p
gearbox ⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ; Selector mechanism; Assembly

overview - selector mechanism .
rrectness of i
– Pull off cap -2- for 30/B+ wire -1-.

l purpos
– Unscrew nut, and remove 30/B+ wire -1-.

nform
ercia

m
a
com
t
w
ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
w
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
– Unscrew bolts -2- of starter o-1-.
lksw
age es n
ot g
V
by ua
– Remove starter -1- upwards.
ris
ed ran
tee
tho or
Installing ss au ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Install battery tray ⇒ page 18 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
om
Specified torques
wit
, is n
h re
♦ ⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview – starter”, page 55
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
.c
cles with 5-speed manual gearbox, 04A
l purpos
(MQ250-5F)
nform
ercia
t
m
ke at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
ht. Cop
yi
ar Co
py
rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
m

io
ix
.p
w
Removing
w
⇒ page 15 .
Vehicles with 1.4 l TDI engine
w

sulation .
4. Starter motor 63
Polo 2014 ➤

– Pull off cap for 30/B+ wire -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Unscrew nut -3-, and remove 30/B+ wire. ksw
agen oes
not
ol
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
om ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
.c
t to the co
rrectne
t
s
ke
s
– Depending on vehicle equipment, unscrew nut -1- from upper
o
cial p
f
bolt of starter, and remove earth cable -2-.
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
ar
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
m
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Depending on vehicle equipment, unscrew nut -1- from lower

io

ix
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Unscrew nut -4- and detach retainer -1- for wiring harness.
Note
The electrical wiring remains attached to the bracket.
– Unscrew bolts -2- and -5- from starter -3-.
om
– Remove starter -3- downwards.
Installing
Specified torques
.c
t
ke
cles with 5-speed manual gearbox, 02T
(MQ200-5F), 0DF (MQ250-5F)
ar
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
m
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
io pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ix es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
.p
l purpos
nform
ercia
w
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
w
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
w
C py
t. rig
gh
Removing
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ page 15 .
sulation .
4. Starter motor 65
Polo 2014 ➤

– Pull off cap -2- for 30/B+ wire -1-.
– Unscrew nut, and remove 30/B+ wire.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
om
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Unscrew upper bolt of starter -arrow-.
wit
, is n
.c
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
t
ke
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
ar
m
atio
om
– Unscrew nut -arrow- from wiring harness bracket.
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
m
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
io
cted agen
Prote AG.
ix
– Unscrew lower bolt of starter -arrow-.

.p
– Take starter out downwards.

Installing
w

Specified torques
w
w

cles with 6-speed manual gearbox, 02U
(MQ200-6F), 0DQ (MQ200-6F)

Polo 2014 ➤
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332- ss c
.c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
t
wit
, is n
h re
ke
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
ar
l purpos
Removing
nf
ercia

rm
m
m
⇒ page 15 .
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi

te
sd
iva
sulation .
o
r
rp
cu
io
o
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Pull off cap -2- for 30/B+ wire -1-. t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
ix
p
– Unscrew nut, and remove 30/B+ wire.
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
.p
w
– Unscrew upper bolt of starter -arrow-.

w
w
4. Starter motor 67
Polo 2014 ➤
– Unscrew nut -arrow- from wiring harness bracket.
om
– Unscrew lower bolt of starter -arrow-.
.c
Installing
t
ke
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Specified torques olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
d
♦ ⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview – starter”, page o55 ris
e nte
eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
ar
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
cles with 6-speed manual gearbox, 0A8
ot p
wit
, is n
(MQ350-6F)
m
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
io
rrectness of i
l purpos
ix
nform
mercia
at
om
io
.p
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
w
t.
yi Co
op
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
w
Prote AG.
w

Polo 2014 ➤
Removing
– Lever off cap -2-.
om
– Unscrew upper bolts -1-.n AG. Volkswagen A
ge G do
swa es
– Remove noisebyinsulation
Vol
k
⇒ General body repairs,
not
gu exterior;
ar
Rep. gr. 66 rise; Noise insulation; Assembly overview a-ntnoise
d
ee
in‐
sulationut.
h o
or
a ac
ss
.c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
t
ot
wit
, is n
ke h re
– Pull off bracket -1-.
hole
spec
– Unscrew bolt -3-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installing
rrectness of i
ar
l purpos

nform
ercia
Specified torques
m
m

com
tion in
r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
io
r
cles with 7-speed dual clutch gearbox,

rp
cum
fo
en
g
0CW (DQ200-7F)
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ix
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331- cted agen
Prote AG.
.p
w
w
w
4. Starter motor 69
Polo 2014 ➤
om
Removing
.c
– Remove battery tray ⇒ page 18 .
t
ke
– Depending on vehicle equipment, unscrew nut -1- from upper
ar
m
io
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
yV
olks
w not
gu
b ara
ed
– Pull off cap -5- for 30/B+ wireoris-1-. nte
eo
ix
th
au ra
– Unscrew nut -6-, and remove
ss 30/B+ wire. c
ce
le
un
pt
– Unscrew bolts -1- and -2- from starter -3-.

an
d
itte
y li
.p
– Remove starter -3- upwards.

erm
ab
ility
ot p
Installing
wit
is n
h re

ole,
spec
w urposes, in part or in wh
– Install battery tray ⇒ page 18 .

t to the co
Specified torques
w
rrectness o
cial p
f
w
inform
mer
atio
m
4.3 Checking starter

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Test sequence
t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
– Check starter ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
70
cted agen
Prote
Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS
AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
5 Cruise control system (CCS)
Note
der ⇒ Electrical system, General information; Rep. gr. 27 ; Cruise
om
control system (CCS) .
t .c
ke
ar
m
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise
io
r nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
ix
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
.p hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
w
rrectness of i
l purpos
w
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
w
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Cruise control system (CCS) 71

Polo 2014 ➤ lkswage es n
Vo ot g
Electrical system - Edition 10.2019 ed by ua
ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
6 Start/stop system
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
⇒ “6.1 General description - start/stop system”, page 72
y li
erm
ab
ility
6.1 General description - start/stop system
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Note
om t to the co
Note safety precautions ⇒ page 1 .
rrectne
The start/stop system is used for reducing fuel consumption by
automatically switching off the engine when the vehicle is sta‐
s
tionary and automatically starting it when the driver wants the
s o
vehicle to move on. The start/stop mode is activated automati‐
cial p
f
.c in
cally. In order for this to happen, the vehicle must be driven for
form
mer
approx. 4 seconds at a minimum speed of 3 km/h.
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
t thi
te
sd
va
ke
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
ar
Prote
cted AG.
agen
m
io
ix
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
7 Adaptive cruise control

⇒ “7.1 Overview of fitting locations - adaptive cruise control”, page
73
⇒ “7.2 Removing and installing adaptive cruise control unit J428
”, page 74
⇒ “7.3 Removing and installing trim for radar sensor”, page 77
om
⇒ “7.4 Calibrating adaptive cruise control”, page 77
7.1 Overview of fitting locations - adaptive cruise control
1 - Front bumper carrier
.c
2 - Support plate
⇒ page 74
t
3 - Fastener
ke
4 - Quick-release fastener
❑ Qty. 3
❑ Renew after removal
5 - Adapter frame
ar
❑ Serves as mounting
bracket for Adaptive
cruise control unit -
J428-
m
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
❑ With adjustment screws olkswag does
not
for adaptive cruise con‐
edb
y V gu
ara
trol unit - J428- horis nte
eo
ut
❑ Measure adjustment, ra
io
s a c
s
and readjust if necessa‐
ce
e
nl
ry ⇒ page 75
pt
du
an
itte
y li
6 - Adaptive cruise control unit

erm
ab
ix
- J428-
ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
adaptive cruise control

hole
spec
unit - J428- together

.p
es, in part or in w
with retaining plate

t to the co
⇒ page 74
❑ Removing adaptive
rrectness of i
w
J428- from and instal‐

l purpos
ling to retaining plate

⇒ page 74
❑ Removing adaptive
nf
ercia
w

rm
m
atio
J428- from and installing to adapter frame ⇒ page 76

om
n in
c
❑ Calibrating adaptive cruise control ⇒ page 77

or
thi
e
w
t
sd
a
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
8 - Trim
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ For radar sensor t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
9 - Bolt cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Qty. 2
7. Adaptive cruise control 73

Polo 2014 ➤
❑ 8 Nm
7.2 Removing and installing adaptive cruise

⇒ “7.2.1 Removing and installing adaptive cruise control unit J428
together with retaining plate”, page 74
om
⇒ “7.2.2 Removing adaptive cruise control unit J428 from and in‐
stalling to retaining plate”, page 74
⇒ “7.2.3 Removing adaptive cruise control unit J428 from and in‐
stalling to adapter frame”, page 76
7.2.1 Removing and installing adaptive cruise
.c
control unit - J428- together with retain‐
ing plate
t
Note
ke
If the automatic distance control unit - J428- is renewed, start the
respective function ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

arAG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
u
m
a ra
ss c ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
io
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
ix
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
– Unscrew bolts -1-.

.p l purpos
– Remove adaptive cruise control unit - J428- with retaining

plate -4-.
nform
ercia
– Disconnect connector -3-, and unclip wiring harness from re‐

w
taining clip -2-.

m
a
com
tion in
Installing
r
te o
thi

s
iva
w
do
r
rp
cum
– Calibrate adaptive cruise control ⇒ page 77 .

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Specified torques Cop py
w
t. rig
gh ht
♦ ⇒ “7.1 Overview of fitting locations - adaptive cruise control”, pyri by
Vo
co
page 73
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7.2.2 Removing adaptive cruise control unit -

J428- from and installing to retaining
plate

Polo 2014 ➤
♦ Digital caliper, 150 mm - VAS 6335- AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
om
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
.c rrectness of i
– Remove adaptive cruise control unit - J428- together with re‐
taining plate ⇒ page 74 .
l purpos
– Turn quick-release fasteners -2- in -direction of arrow-.
t nform
ercia
– Remove retaining plate -3- from adaptive cruise control unit -
ke
J428- -4-.
m
at
om
ion
– Pull quick-release fasteners -2- off adjustment screws -1-.
c
in t
or
his
te
Installing
a
do
priv
cum
or

f
ar
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
m
io
ix
Note
♦ Renew quick-release fasteners -2-.

.p
♦ The adjustment screws -1- in the adapter frame are pre-ad‐

justed. Correct the adjustment as required ⇒ page 75 .
w
Adjusting adjustment screws

w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Using digital calliper - VAS 6335- , measure setting -a- of all

adjustment screws, and correct them, if necessary.
♦ Dimension -a- = 40.3 mm ± 0.5 mm
om
t .c
ke
– Push new quick-release fasteners -2- onto adjustment screws AG. Volkswagen AG d
and fixed mounting on adapter frame -3-. lksw
agen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
– Set retaining plate -1- on quick-release fasteners -2-.rised b ran
tee
tho or
– Turn quick-release fasteners -2- on back of retaining
au plate ac
ss
-1- as far as stop in -direction of arrow A-.
ar
ce
le
un
pt
– Install adaptive cruise control unit - J428- -4- together with re‐
an
d
itte
y li
taining plate -1- ⇒ page 74 .
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
m
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
io
rrectness of i
l purpos
ix
nform
ercia
7.2.3 Removing adaptive cruise control unit -

m
a
.p
com
tio
J428- from and installing to adapter

n in
r
te o
thi
frame
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
Removing
fo
w
en
ng
t.
yi
– Remove adaptive cruise control unit - J428- together with re‐
Co
Cop py
taining plate ⇒ page 74 .
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Removing trim for radar sensor ⇒ page 77 .
c lksw
w
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Release locking mechanisms -1- in -direction of arrow A-.

– Swing out adaptive cruise control unit - J428- -3- in
-direction of arrow B-.
– Remove automatic distance control unit - J428- -3- from adapt‐
er frame -2-.
Installing
om
7.3 Removing and installing trim for radar
.c
sensor
Removing
– Release fasteners -1- on trim for radar sensor -2- on both sides
t
in -direction of arrow A-. wage
e
ke
ks s no
Vol t gu
– Remove trim for radar sensor
ed
by -2-. ara
ris nte
Installing utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Insert trim for radar sensor, and engage it firmly.
itte
ar
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
m
es, in part or in w
t to the co
7.4 Calibrating adaptive cruise control
Conditions
rrectness of i
io
The adaptive cruise control unit - J428- must be calibrated if any

l purpos
of the following conditions apply:

♦ Adaptive cruise control unit - J428- has been removed and
nform
ercia
ix
then reinstalled or it has been renewed.

m
at
om
♦ Bumping against adaptive cruise control unit - J428- due to

ion
c
incautious installation of front bumper cover.

in t
or
.p
his
ate
♦ Front bumper cover has been damaged as a result of a rear-

do
priv
end collision or similar.

um
for
en
ng
t.
♦ Front bumper cover has been removed and then reinstalled of
yi Co
op py
it has been renewed.
w
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ Rear axle toe has been adjusted.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
Note
♦ Excessive horizontal adjustment of the adaptive cruise control

unit - J428- results in permanent deactivation of the functions
w
ACC/front scan system.

♦ Limited sensor functionality due to soiling or weather condi‐
tions, e.g. heavy rain, snowfall, sensor icing etc., results in
temporary loss of the ACC/front scan system functions.

Polo 2014 ➤
Procedure
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Calibrate adaptive cruise control ⇒ Running gear, axles, Volkswa not
gu
steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Adaptive cruise control; Calibrating db
y ara
se nte
adaptive cruise control . tho
ri
eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
om
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
.c
rrectness
t
o
cial p
f inform
ke
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
ar
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
m
agen
Prote AG.
io
ix
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
90 – Gauges, instruments
1 Dash panel insert
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - dash panel insert”, page 79
⇒ “1.2 Removing and installing dash panel insert KX2 ”,
om
page 79
1.1 Assembly overview - dash panel insert
❑ For dash panel insert -
.c
K-
2 - Dash panel insert - K-
❑ With control unit in dash wage
es n
s
panel insert - J285- and y Vo
t
lk ot g
ua
immobiliser control unit ir se-
d b ran
ke
tee
J362- utho
or
a ac
❑ All warning lamps in the
ss
ce
e
dash panel insert - K-

nl
pt
du
are equipped with LEDs
an
itte
y li
erm
❑ LEDs cannot be re‐
ab
ar
ility
newed separately if de‐
ot p
wit
fective. The dash panel
, is n
h re
insert must be renewed.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ page 79
t to the co
m
3 - Dash panel insert trim
rrectness of i
4 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
l purpos
io
❑ 2.5 Nm
nform
ercia
5 - Upper steering column trim

m
❑ Upper steering column

ix
at
om
trim and gap cover for

on
c
in t
dash panel insert form

or
his
e
one component
at
do
riv
.p p

um
for

en
ng
t.
yi
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ;
Co
Cop py
Compartments/covers;
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Removing and installing p by
Vo
w
co lksw
upper steering column
by
cted agen
Prote
trim .
AG.
6 - Gap cover for dash panel

w
insert
❑ Upper steering column trim and gap cover for dash panel insert form one component
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing
and installing upper steering column trim .
w
1.2 Removing and installing dash panel in‐

sert - KX2-
1. Dash panel insert 79

Polo 2014 ➤
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
The following components are
ut integrated into the dash panel in‐
ho eo
ra
.c
sert - K- as one unit: ss a c
ce
e
nl
♦ Control unit in dash panel insert - J285-
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ Immobiliser control unit - J362-
erm
ab
t
ility
ot p
♦ Fuel gauge - G1-
wit
ke
, is n
h re
♦ Speedometer - G21-
hole
spec
♦ Coolant temperature gauge - G3-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Rev. counter - G5-
♦ Warning lamps
ar
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
m
♦ If one of the components is defective, the dash panel insert -
K- must be renewed as a complete unit.
m
at
om
ion
♦ All indicator lamps in the dash panel insert - K- are equipped

c
in t
or
with light-emitting diodes. Light-emitting diodes cannot be re‐

his
e
io
at
newed separately if defective.

do
priv
cum
or
♦ The dash panel insert - K- must not be dismantled.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ For greater clarity, the steering wheel is not shown. However,
C py
ix
ht. rig
it is not necessary to remove the steering wheel before re‐ rig ht
py by
moving the dash panel insert - K- .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
.p
Note
If the dash panel insert - K- with the control unit in dash panel
insert - J285- is to be renewed, start the respective function ⇒ Ve‐
w
hicle diagnostic tester.
Removing
w

w
– Remove upper steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,

interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing and
installing upper steering column trim .
80 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

Polo 2014 ➤

– Pull out dash panel insert - K- -2- with dash panel insert trim
-1- until it makes contact with steering wheel.
om
– Disconnect connector:
.c
♦ Press locking detent -1- to release connector.
♦ Swing retaining clip in -direction of arrow-, and pull off con‐
nector.
t
– Remove dash panel insert - K- towards front passenger side
between steering wheel and dash panel.
ke
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Remove dash panel insert trim ⇒ General body repairs,byinte‐ Vol not
gu
rior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Dash panel; Removing and installing
rised dash ara
nte
panel insert trim . ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
Installing s
ce
le
ar
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Perform functional check.
pe
ility
ot
wit
Specified torques
, is n
h re
m
hole
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - dash panel insert”, page 79
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
io
rrectness of i
l purpos
ix
nform
mercia
a
com
tio
.p
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
w
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
w
Prote AG.
w
1. Dash panel insert 81

Polo 2014 ➤
2 Horn
⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - horn”, page 82
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing treble horn H2 and bass horn H7
”, page 83
2.1 Assembly overview - horn
om
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
1 - Bolt ir se
d b ran
o tee
❑ 20 Nm auth or
ac
ss
2 - Bracket
ce
e
nl
pt
du
❑ For horns
an
itte
y li
.c
erm
ab
ility
⇒ page 83
ot p
wit
, is n
3 - Bolt
h re
hole
spec
t
❑ 20 Nm
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ke
4 - Bracket
5 - Nut
rrectness of i
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 9 Nm
l purpos
6 - Bass tone horn - H7-

ar
nf
ercia
orm
⇒ page 83
m
atio
om
7 - Treble tone horn - H2-
n in
c
m
or
thi
e

t
sd
iva
⇒ page 83
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
io
op
❑ For bass horn - H7- C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
9 - Electrical connector cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ For treble horn - H2- Prote AG.
ix
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
2.2 Removing and installing treble horn -

H2- and bass horn - H7-
⇒ “2.2.1 Removing and installing treble horn H2 ”, page 83
⇒ “2.2.2 Removing and installing bass horn H7 ”, page 83
⇒ “2.2.3 Removing and installing bracket for horns”, page 83
om
2.2.1 Removing and installing treble horn -
H2-
Removing
sulation .
.c
– Unscrew nut -2- of treble horn - H2- -1-.
– Remove treble horn - H2- -1- from bracket -4-.
t
ke
Installing
Specified torques
ar
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - horn”, page 82
2.2.2 Removingn Aand installing bass horn - H7-

m
G. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
Removing Volks ot g
by ua
ed ra
– Remove orisnoise insulation ⇒ General body repairs,nteexterior;
eo
th
Rep. augr. 66 ; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noisera in‐
io
s c
sulation .
s
ce
le
un
pt
– Unscrew nut -4- of bass horn - H7- -1-.

an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove bass horn - H7- -1- from bracket -2-.

ix
ility
ot p
wit

is n
h re
ole,
Installing
spec
.p

t to the co

rrectne
Specified torques
w

ss o
cial p
f inform
w
2.2.3 Removing and installing bracket for

mer
atio
horns
om
n
c
i
or
n thi

e
w t
sd
a

iv
o
pr
sulation .
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Horn 83
Encuentra máslkswmanuales
agen
en:
AG. Volkswagen AG does
n
www.pixiomarket.com
o ot g
yV ua
db
Polo 2014 ➤ ris
e ran
tee
ho
Electrical system
aut - Edition 10.2019 or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
– Unscrew bolts -2- and -3- from bracket -1-.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Detach bracket -1-. erm
ab
ility
ot p
Installing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Specified torques
es, in part or in w
t to the co
om
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
.c
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
t
p
cum
for
ke en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ar
m
io
ix
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
92 – Windscreen wash/wipe system

1 Windscreen wiper system n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system”, byV
olk ot g
ua
page 85 ir se
d ran
tee
om
tho
or
⇒ “1.2 Moving wipers to service position”,
ss
au
page 86 ac
ce
le
⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing wiper blade”, page 87
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing wiper arms”, page 88 erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “1.5 Adjusting wiper arms”, page 89
wit
is n
h re
⇒ “1.6 Removing and installing wiper motor V ”, page 90
.c
ole,
spec
⇒ “1.7 Renewing wiper motor”, page 92
t to the co
⇒ “1.8 Removing and installing rain and light sensor”, page 94
t
1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system
rrectne
ke
s
1 - Wiper blade
s o
cial p
f
❑ For front passenger side
inform
mer
❑ Different length for driv‐
atio
er and front passenger
ar
om
sides ⇒ Electronic Parts
n
c
i
or
n
Catalogue
thi
te
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
⇒ page 87
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
2 - Wiper arm t. Cop py
rig
❑ For front passenger side
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
io
Prote
AG.

Catalogue
ix
⇒ page 88
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 89
3 - Wiper blade
.p
❑ For driver side

w
Catalogue
⇒ page 87
w
4 - Wiper arm
❑ For driver side
w

Catalogue
⇒ page 88
5 - Cover
❑ Qty. 2
1. Windscreen wiper system 85

Polo 2014 ➤
6 - Nut
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 20 Nm
7 - Wiper motor - V-
❑ With wiper motor control unit - J400- .
om
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 92
9 - Rubber grommet
❑ In plenum chamber bulkhead
10 - Seal
AG. Volkswagen AG d
.c
❑ Qty. 2 agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
❑ Renew if damaged sed b ara
nte
ri
ho eo
11 - Bolt aut ra
c
s
t
s
❑ For wiper frame with linkage to body
ce
le
un
pt
ke
❑ Qty. 2
an
d
itte
y li
❑ 8 Nm
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
12 - Rubber mounting
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Qty. 2
hole
spec
13 - Bolt
ar
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Qty. 3
❑ 9 Nm
rrectness of i
14 - Wiper frame
m
l purpos
❑ With linkage
nform
ercia
io
m
a
com
ti
1.2 Moving wipers to service position

on in
r
te o
thi
Procedure
s
iva
do
ix
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
Caution
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
.p
gh
Risk of damaging the bonnet when moving wipers back into
ht
pyri by
Vo
the park position.
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Do not manoeuvre the vehicle with wiper arms folded out.
♦ The wipers automatically run back to the park position
w
when the wiper lever is operated or when speed exceeds

4 km/h.
w
Caution
w
Risk of damage to wiper blades due to freezing.

♦ In the event of frost, check if wiper blades are frozen.
86 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

Polo 2014 ➤
Note
If it is necessary for the wiper motor - V- to run during the work

procedure, the bonnet must be closed completely in vehicles with
a bonnet contact switch - F266- (depending on vehicle equip‐
ment), as otherwise the power supply to the wiper motor - V- will
be interrupted.
om
– Switch on ignition briefly, then switch it off again.
– Press windscreen wiper lever to “flick wipe” position within 10
seconds.
• Wipers move to “service position”.
1.3 Removing and installing wiper blade
.c
Removing
– Move wipers to service position ⇒ page 86 .
t
ke
Caution
Risk of damage to the wiper blade.

♦ Joint-free wipers are very flexible. To lift the wiper blades
off the windscreen, touch them only in the area in which
the wiper blades are attached to the wipers.
ar
– Lift wiper arm off the windscreen.
m
– Push retaining clip in -direction of arrow A-, and push wiper
blade -1- in -direction of arrow B- off wiper arm -2-.
– Remove wiper blade -1-. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
io
Installing ir se
d b ran
tee
tho
or
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing thes afollowing:
u ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
ix
Caution
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
Risk of damage to the vehicle body.

ility
ot
wit
, is n
♦ The wiper arms for driver and front passenger sides each
.p
h re
hole
have a different length and must not be interchanged spec

when installing.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
w
– Guide wiper blade -1- in parallel in opposite

rrectness of i
-direction of arrow- into wiper arm -2-.

l purpos
♦ Ensure that wiper blade -1- is pushed into wiper arm -2- until
w
retaining clip is heard to engage.

nform
ercia
To leave the “service position”:

m
a
com
t
w
– Operate wiper lever, or drive vehicle faster than 4 km/h.

on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
1.4 Removing and installing wiper arms

♦ Puller - T10369-
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
.c
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Removing
h re
hole
t spec
– Move wipers to service position ⇒ page 86 .
es, in part or in w
ke
t to the co
– Using a screwdriver, lever caps -arrows- off wiper arms.
rrectness of i
l purpos
ar
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
m
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
– Loosen but do not completely unscrew nuts -arrows-. yi
io
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Caution co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ix
Risk of damage to wiper shafts.

♦ There is a risk of damage to the wiper shafts when trying
to release the wiper arms without using the puller -
T10369/1- .
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Fit puller - T10369/1- to wiper arm -1-.

– Fit thrust piece -2- to wiper arm shaft.
– Turn bolt -3- clockwise until wiper arm -1- has been pulled off
wiper shaft.
– Unscrew nut completely and remove wiper arm -1-.
Installing
om
Caution
Risk of damage to the vehicle body.

♦ Wiper arms for driver and front passenger sides each have
.c
a different length.
– Adjust wiper arms ⇒ page 89 .
t
ke
1.5 Adjusting wiper arms
ar
m
io
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
Procedure tee
ix
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
Note
du
an
itte
y li
.p
erm
ab
If it is necessary for the wiper motor - V- to run during the work

ility
ot p
procedure, the bonnet must be closed completely in vehicles with

wit
is n
a bonnet contact switch - F266- (depending on vehicle equip‐

h re
ole,
ment), as otherwise the power supply to the wiper motor - V- will

spec
w
be interrupted.
t to the co
– Removing wiper arm ⇒ page 88 .

w
rrectne
– Activate “flick wipe” function on wiper lever, and allow wiper

s
motor - V- to move to its end position.

s o
w
cial p
f i

nform
mer
– Fit wiper arm together with attached wiper blade onto wiper
atio
m
shaft.
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
– Align wiper blade as follows on windscreen:

te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
89
by lksw
cted agen
Prote 1. Windscreen wiper system
AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
Driver side
Note
The dimension -A- indicates the distance between the tip of the
wiper blade and the upper edge of the plenum chamber cover at
the bottom edge of the windscreen.
om
♦ Dimension -A- = 30 mm ± 5 mm.
Passenger side
.c
Note
The dimension -B- indicates the distance between the tip of the
t
wiper blade and the upper edge of the plenum chamber cover at
ke
the bottom edge of the windscreen.
♦ Dimension -B- = 30 mm ± 5 mm.

lkswage es n
o ot g
ir se
d byV
ar ua
ran
tee
– Tighten nuts -arrows- for wiperuth arms.
o
or
a ac
ss
– Switch on ignition. ce
e
nl
pt
du
m
an
itte
y li
arms to move to their end position.
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
– Check wiper arm adjustment again and correct, if necessary.

io
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ix
rrectness of i
– Press caps -arrows- onto wiper arms.

l purpos
.p
Specified torques
nf
ercia
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system”,

orm
page 85
m
atio
om
n in
c
w or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
w
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
w
Prote AG.
1.6 Removing and installing wiper motor - V-

Polo 2014 ➤
om
t .c
ke
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ss aut
ar ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Note
erm
ab
m
ility
ot p
wit
If the wiper motor - V- with the wiper motor control unit - J400- is
, is n
h re
to be renewed, start the respective function ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic

hole
spec
tester.
es, in part or in w
io
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
ix
– Remove plenum chamber cover ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐

l purpos
terior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Plenum chamber cover; Removing and

installing plenum chamber cover .
nf
ercia
– Remove plenum chamber bulkhead ⇒ General body repairs,

o
.p
rm
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Bulkhead; Removing and installing ple‐

m
atio
m
num chamber bulkhead .

o
n in
or c
thi
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-, and swing wiper frame -2- towards

te
sd
a
front.
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove wiper frame -2- with linkage and wiper motor - V- fromC py
ht. rig
plenum chamber.
w
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Installing cted agen
Prote AG.

w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Insert securing pin -2- of wiper frame into rubber grommet

-1- in plenum chamber bulkhead. AG. Volkswagen n AG do
wage es n
– Adjust wiper arms ⇒ page 89 . Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
Specified torques thoris tee
or
au ac
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system”,
ss
ce
le
page 85
un
pt
an
d
om
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.7 Renewing wiper motor
.c
rrectness of i
♦ Release lever - 80-200-
l purpos
t
ke
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
ar
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
m
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
io
ix
.p
Removing
w
– Remove wiper frame together with wiper motor - V-

⇒ page 90 .
– Using removal lever - 80-200- , lever drive rod -1- off motor
crank ball joint -arrow-.
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤

– Pull motor crank -2- off wiper motor shaft.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Detach wiper motor - V- from wiper frame.
Installing
om
– Attach electrical connector to windscreen wiper motor - V- .
motor - V- to move to its end position.
.c
– Separate electrical connector.
– Fit wiper motor - V- to wiper frame.
t
– Tighten bolts -arrows-.
ke
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b
horise
d
ar ara
nte
eo
ut ra
s a c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
m
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Fit motor crank -1- to windscreen wiper motor shaft.

hole
spec
io
♦ Dimension -a- = approx. 7°.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Screw on nut -2-.

ix
rrectness of i
l purpos
.p
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
w te o
thi
s
iva
– Align drive rod -1- parallel to motor crank.

do
r
rp
cum
fo
– Tighten nut.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
w
op
– Connect drive rod -1- at ball joint -arrow- to motor crank. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Install wiper frame together with wiper motor - V- ⇒ page 90 .
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w

Encuentraswamás
gen AG
. Vomanuales
lkswagen AG
does
olk not
yV gu
db ara
Polo 2014 ris ➤
e nte
ho eo
Electrical
aut system - Edition 10.2019 ra
ss c
ce
Specified torques e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Bolts for securing wiper motor - V- to wiper frame ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wip‐
wit
, is n
er system”, page 85
h re
hole
Nut for securing motor crank to wiper motor shaft 18 Nm
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
om
1.8 Removing and installing rain and light
rrectness of i
sensor
l purpos
Note
nf
ercia
or
.c
m
m
atio
♦ The rain and light sensor - G397- has a silicon layer (coupling
om
n in
pad) which forms the contact surface to the windscreen.
or c
thi
e
♦ The rain and light sensors - G397- cannot be renewed arbi‐

t
sd
iva
t
o
trarily.
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
ke
en
ng
♦ Determine the correct rain and light sensor - G397- using the
t.
yi Co
op
part number ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA” . C py
ht. rig
rig ht
♦ If the rain and light sensor - G397- is replaced by a rain and
py by
co Vo
by lksw
light sensor - G397- with a different part number, start the re‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
spective function ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
ar
Removing
– Equipment version with ignition lock: withdraw ignition key.
m
– Remove interior mirror ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 68 ; Interior mirror; Removing and installing interior mirror .
io
– Insert a narrow screwdriver -5- in the hole as shown in illus‐

tration, and release catches of retaining spring -2- -arrows-.
– Wait 1 minute until silicone pad has fully expanded so that it
ix
can be detached without leaving any residue.

– Detach rain and light sensor - G397- -item 4- by moving it back
and forth, and remove it from mounting -1-.
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
Caution
Risk of damage to humidity sender.

♦ The humidity sender -arrow- is very sensitive and must not
be damaged.
om
– If the humidity sender is damaged -arrow-, the rain and light
sensor -1- must be renewed.
– Clean bonding surface on windscreen using lint-free cloth.
• Completely remove any remains of the silicone.
Installing
.c
t
Note
ke
Renew the silicone pad.
– Remove silicone pad -2- from sensor -3- without leaving any
residue.
– Clean bonding surface -1- on sensor with compressed air.
ar
m
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
io
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
– Pull silicone paper -1- off silicone pad -3-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
ix
an
– The transparent protective film -2- remains on the silicone pad

itte
y li
as an assembly aid.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
.p
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
w
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
w om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
– Using transparent protective film -1- position silicone pad -2-

in centre of sensor -3-.
– Press silicone pad through protective film onto sensor.
om
– Pull protective film -2- off silicone pad -1-.
.c
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
To prevent the silicone pad from being soiled, only remove by the
V o
t
gu
d ara
protective film immediately before installing the sensor. rise nte
ke
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
ar
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
m
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Insert sensor -4- in mounting -2-.

io
– Press on retaining clips -1, 5- until they can be heard to en‐
nform
ercia
gage.
m
at
om
ix
ion
c
in t
Note
or
his
ate
do
riv
♦ Even if the sensor is installed correctly, small air bubbles may

p
cum
or
.p
initially appear between the windscreen and the coupling pad.

f
en
ng
t.
yi
After approx. 10 minutes, the contact surface must be free of
Co
op py
bubbles. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ If the contact surface is not free of bubbles after 10 minutes,
o Vo
by c lksw
w
cted
the rain and light sensor - G397- must be removed and instal‐
agen
Prote AG.
led anew.
♦ Air bubbles between the windscreen and the coupling pad will
cause the rain and light sensor - G397- to malfunction.
w
– Fit electrical connector -3-.

– Install interior mirror ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
w
68 ; Interior mirror; Removing and installing interior mirror

– If the rain and light sensor - G397- was renewed, perform cod‐
ing.
Coding rain and light sensor - G397-
– Code rain and light sensor - G397- ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

Polo 2014 ➤
2 Windscreen washer system

lksw
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
n o ot g
yV ua
⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - windscreened washer system”,
b ran
ris
page 97 ut
ho tee
or
sa ac
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installings washer fluid reservoir”,
ce
e
page 98
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “2.3 Removing and installing windscreen washer fluid level
om
erm
ab
sender G33 ”, page 100
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ “2.4 Removing and installing windscreen and rear window
h re
washer pump V59 ”, page 101
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “2.5 Removing and installing washer jets”, page 101
t to the co
⇒ “2.6 Adjusting spray jets”, page 102
.c
2.1 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system
rrectness of i
l purpos
1 - Bracket
t nf
ercia
❑ For washer fluid hose
ke
orm
m
2 - Grommet
atio
om
n in
❑ For washer fluid hose in
or c
bonnet
thi
te
sd
iva
❑ Renew if damaged
o
r
rp
cu
ar
o
m
f
en
ng
3 - Electrical connector yi
t.
Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
ment
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
❑ For right spray jet heater
m
cted agen
Prote
element - Z21-
AG.
4 - Connection piece
❑ For right spray jet
io
5 - Right spray jet

❑ Depending equipment
level, with heating resis‐
tor for right spray jet -
ix
Z21-
⇒ page 101
.p

❑ For left spray jet
w
7 - Left spray jet

❑ Depending equipment
level, with heating resis‐
tor for left spray jet -
w
Z20-
⇒ page 101
w

❑ Depending on equipment
❑ For left spray jet heater element - Z20-
2. Windscreen washer system 97

Polo 2014 ➤
❑ For headlight washer system pump - V11-
10 - Electrical connector AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ For windscreen and yrear
olksw
window washer pump - V59- not
V gu b ara
ed
ho
ris nte
eo
ut ra
❑ For windscreenss a washer fluid level sender - G33- in washer fluid
c reservoir
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
om
itte
❑ For spray jets of windscreen washer system
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
❑ For spray jets of rear window washer system
h re
ole,
❑ ⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - rear window washer system”, page 108
spec
14 - Windscreen and rear window washer pump - V59-
t to the co
.c
15 - Sealing grommet
rrectne
❑ Qty. 2
t
s
s o
cial p
ke f in
16 - Washer fluid reservoir
form
mer
atio
m
❑ With windscreen washer fluid level sender - G33-

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
❑ Removing and installing windscreen washer fluid level sender - G33- ⇒ page 100
te
sd
va
ar
i
o
r
17 - Nut
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
❑ Qty. 2
t.
yi Co
op
❑ 8 Nm
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
18 - Clamping washer
p
m
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ For spray jets of headlight washer system
io
❑ ⇒ “5.1 Assembly overview - headlight washer system”, page 111

20 - Headlight washer system pump - V11-
ix

21 - Washer fluid line
.p
❑ Servicing ⇒ page 116

22 - Sealing cover
❑ For filler neck
w
23 - Strainer
24 - Filler neck
❑ Must not be removed from washer fluid reservoir
w
2.2 Removing and installing washer fluid

w
reservoir

Polo 2014 ➤
om
♦ Drip tray
.c
Removing
t
– Remove right wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs,
ke
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Removing and installing front wheel
housing liner .
– Remove front bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper; Removing and installing bumper
cover .
ar
– Remove windscreen and rear window washer pump - V59-
-7- ⇒ page 101 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Depending on vehicle equipment olksw not
V gu
by
m
d ara
e
– Remove headlight washer system pump - V11- -4-horis nte
eo
⇒ page 112 . s aut ra
c
s
– Disconnect connector -9- from windscreen washer fluid level
ce
le
un
pt
sender - G33- -10-.
an
io itte
d
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
ix hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Detach wiring harness from retainer -arrow- on washer fluid
t to the co
reservoir.
.p
rrectness of i
l purpos
w
nform
mercia
a
com
tio
w
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
w
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
– Pull clamping washer -2- off pin on washer fluid reservoir -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Caution by
Vol
gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
Risk of leakage. auth
ra
c
ss
♦ The washer fluid reservoir is constructed in a one-piece
ce
e
nl
pt
design. The washer fluid reservoir and the filler neck are
du
an
itte
om
not intended to be separated from each other. If they are
y li
erm
ab
nevertheless detached from each other, the connection
ility
ot p
could leak.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Unclip filler neck -1- in -direction of arrow- from retainer -2-.
.c
rrectness of i
l purpos
t
ke nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
ar
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Unscrew nuts -arrows- of washer fluid reservoir.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Remove washer fluid reservoir from threaded pins. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c
m
Installing
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution
io
The washer fluid reservoir may become loose and fall off.
♦ When installing, fit clamping washer onto pin on washer
ix
fluid reservoir.
– Fit clamping washer onto pin on washer fluid reservoir.

.p
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system”, page
97
w
2.3 Removing and installing windscreen

washer fluid level sender - G33-
w
Note
w
♦ The windscreen washer fluid level sender - G33- is integrated

into the washer fluid reservoir and cannot be renewed individ‐
ually.
♦ If it is defective, the washer fluid reservoir must be renewed.
Procedure
– Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir ⇒ page 98 .

Polo 2014 ➤
2.4 Removing and installing windscreen

and rear window washer pump - V59-
n AG. Volkswagen A
ge G do
swa es n
Special tools and workshop
by
Vol
k
equipment required ot g
ua
d ran
se
♦ Drip tray thori tee
or
au ac
Removing ss
ce
e
nl
om
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Removing and installing front wheel
hole
housing liner .
spec
es, in part or in w
– Place drip tray under washer fluid reservoir -1-.
t to the co
.c
– Disconnect connector -5- from windscreen and rear window
washer pump - V59- -7-.
rrectness of i
– Press release tab on connection piece -6- of washer fluid line
t
l purpos
leading to spray jet of rear window washer system, and pull
ke
connection piece off windscreen and rear window washer
pump - V59- -7-.
nform
ercia

m
at
om
i
leading to spray jets of windscreen washer system, and pull
on
c
connection piece off windscreen and rear window washer

in t
or
his
e
pump - V59- -7-.

t
ar
a
do
priv
– Pull windscreen and rear window washer pump - V59- -7- up‐
um
for
en
g
wards out of washer fluid reservoir -1-.

n
t.
yi Co
op py
Installing
t. C rig
gh ht
m
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
io
♦ The connections at the pump and hoses are colour-marked to

prevent incorrect connection of the washer fluid lines to the
windscreen and rear window washer pump - V59- .
ix
♦ The connection pieces must be connected to the correct col‐

our-coded pump connections during installation.
♦ When connecting the washer fluid line, ensure that the con‐
.p
nection piece engages audibly.
– Check sealing grommet of pump for damage, and renew it if

necessary.
w
2.5 Removing and installing washer jets

w
Note
w
Removal and installation are described for the left side. The re‐
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐
cally the same.

Polo 2014 ➤
Removing
– Push spray jet upwards in -direction of arrow A-, and swing it
at bottom in -direction of arrow B- out of bonnet.
om
.c
– Push release tab on connection piece -2- of washer fluid line
in -direction of arrow-, and pull connection piece off spray jet
-1-.
Depending on vehicle equipment
t
– Disconnect connector -3- from left spray jet heater element -
ke
Z20- . lkswage es n
Vo ot g
by ua
Installing ed ran
oris tee
th or
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing the au
following: ac
ss
ce
e
nl
ar
pt
du
an
itte
Note
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
When connecting the washer fluid line, ensure that the connection
wit
, is n
piece engages audibly.
h re
m
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Starting at the top, push spray jet into mounting hole until it
t to the co
locks in place audibly.
– Adjusting spray jets ⇒ page 102 .
io
rrectness of i
2.6 Adjusting spray jets
l purpos
ix
Procedure
nform
mercia
Caution at
om
ion
.p
c
in t
or
Risk of damage.
his
ate
do
riv
♦ Do not use any objects for cleaning spray jets.

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
w
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Note
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
w
AG.
In case of uneven spray field due to impurities in the spray jet:

remove spray jet and rinse it through with water, opposite to di‐
rection of spray. Subsequent blowing through with compressed
air against the spraying direction is permitted. Do not use any
w
objects for cleaning spray jets.
– Adjusting windscreen washer system spray jets ⇒ Mainte‐

nance ; Booklet 27.1 ; Descriptions of work

Polo 2014 ➤
3 Rear window wiper system

⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system”,
page 103
⇒ “3.2 Removing and installing wiper blade”, page 104
⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing wiper arm”, page 104
om
⇒ “3.4 Adjusting wiper arm”, page 105
⇒ “3.5 Removing and installing rear window wiperwmotor
agen V12 ”,
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
page 106 yV
olks not
gu b ara
ed
3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system ris nte
tho e or
au ac
ss
ce
le
.c
un
pt
1 - Cover
an
d
itte
y li
2 - Nut
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ 12 Nm
wit
t
is n
h re
3 - Wiper arm
ole,
ke
spec
⇒ page 104
t to the co
4 - Seal
rrectne
❑ In rear window
ar
s
s o
cial p
f
inform
⇒ page 106
mer
atio
m
5 - Distance piece
o
n
c
i
or
n
❑ Qty. 3
thi
te
sd
va
6 - Rubber ring
i
o
pr
c
io
um
r
fo
❑ Qty. 3
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
7 - Nut C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ With washer p by
Vo
ix
co lksw
by
❑ Qty. 3
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ 8 Nm
.p
9 - Rear window wiper motor -

V12-
w
⇒ page 106
10 - Wiper blade
w
⇒ page 104
w
3. Rear window wiper system 103

Encuentra másagenmanuales
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
w es n
olks ot g
yV
Polo 2014 ➤ ise d b ua
ran
r tee
Electrical system
ut
ho - Edition 10.2019 or
a ac
ss
ce
3.2 Removing and installing wiper blade
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Removing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Caution
h re
ole,
spec
Risk of damage to the wiper blade.
t to the co
om
♦ Joint-free wipers are very flexible. To lift the wiper blades
off the rear window, touch them only in the area in which
the wiper blades are attached to the wipers.
rrectness
– Lift wiper arm off the rear window.
o
cial p
f in
– Swing wiper blade in -direction of arrow A- out of wiper arm.
form
.c
mer
atio
– Press release button -2-.
om
n
c
i
– Pull wiper blade on wiper blade fastener -1- in
or
n thi
e
-direction of arrow B- out of wiper arm.

t
sd
a
t
iv
o
pr
c
Installing
um
r
fo
ke en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Note Prote
cted AG.
agen
The wiper blade must be heard to engage in the wiper arm.

ar
3.3 Removing and installing wiper arm
m
♦ Puller - T10369-
io
ix
.p
w
Removing
– Move wiper lever to “rear window wipe” position.
w
• Wiper moves to “end position”.

w

Polo 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG
agen
Electrical system - Edition
does
10.2019
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
– Press together cap of wiper arm -1- in -direction of arrow
hor A-. eo
aut ra
c
– Fold up cap in -direction of arrow B-, an unclip it. ss
ce
le
un
pt
– Loosen but do not completely unscrew nut.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
om
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Fit puller - T10369/5- to wiper arm -2-.
l purpos
.c
– Fit thrust piece -3- to wiper arm shaft.
nform
ercia
– Turn spindle -1- clockwise until wiper arm has been pulled off
the wiper shaft.
m
a
com
tio
t
– Unscrew nut -4- completely and remove wiper arm.
n in
r
te o
thi
ke
Installing
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Adjust wiper arm ⇒ page 105 . . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig by
ar cted
by copy Vo
lksw
agen
Prote
3.4 Adjusting wiper arm
AG.

m
io
ix
.p
Procedure
– Remove wiper arm ⇒ page 104 .
w
– Move wiper lever to “rear window wipe” position.
w
• Wiper moves to “end position”.

w
– Fit wiper arm together with attached wiper blade onto wiper
shaft.

Polo 2014 ➤
– Align wiper blade as follows on rear window:
Note
The dimension -a- indicates the distance between the tip of the
wiper blade and the lower edge of the rear window.
om
♦ Dimension -a- = 33 mm ± 5 mm.
– Tighten wiper arm nut.
– Activate “rear window wipe” function on wiper lever, and allow
wiper arm to move to its end position.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Switch off ignition. agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
.c
b a
– Check wiper arm adjustment
rised
again, and correct it if necessary.rante
ho eo
ut
– Press cap onto swiper
sa arm. ra
c
ce
e
Specified torques
nl
pt
du
t
an
itte
y li
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system”, page
erm
ab
ke
103
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
3.5 Removing and installing rear window
hole
spec
wiper motor - V12-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ar
rrectness of i
l purpos
m
nform
mercia
at
om
io
io
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
ix
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
Removing by c lksw
.p
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove wiper arm ⇒ page 104 .
– Remove rear lid trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment trims .
w

– Unscrew nuts -arrows-.
w
– Carefully remove rear window wiper motor - V12- from rear lid.
Installing
w
– Moisten inner side of seal in rear window with a rubber and

plastic-compatible lubricant (e.g. polyethylene glycol).

Polo 2014 ➤
– Check seal is seated correctly in opening of rear window.

♦ The marking -1- on the seal must align with marking -2- on the
rear window.
– Adjust wiper arm ⇒ page 105 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system”, page
om
103
.c
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
t
ol not
byV gu
ara
ed
nte
ke
ris
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ar
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
m
rrectness of i
l purpos
io
nform
mercia
a
ix
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
.p
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
w
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
4 Rear window washer system

⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - rear window washer system”,
page 108
⇒ “4.2 Removing and installing washer. Vfluid reservoir”,
AG olkswagen AG d
page 109 ksw
agen oes
n ol ot g
yV u
⇒ “4.3 Removing andisinstalling rear window washer pump”, page
om
b ara
ed nte
109 uthor eo
ra
sa c
⇒ “4.4 Removing
s and installing spray jet”, page 109
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “4.5 Adjusting spray jet”, page 110
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
4.1 Assembly overview - rear window washer system
ility
ot p
wit
.c
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ page 109
t
❑ With windscreen wash‐
ke
er fluid level sender -
rrectness of i
G33-
l purpos

windscreen washer fluid
level sender - G33-
nf
ercia
o
⇒ page 100
ar rm
m
atio
m
2 - Windscreen and rear win‐

o
n in
c
dow washer pump - V59-

or
thi
te

sd
iva
o
r
⇒ page 109
m
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ For spray jets of rear
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
window washer system p by
Vo
io
co lksw
by
cted agen
4 - Spray nozzle Prote AG.

⇒ page 109
ix

.p
window washer system

6 - High-level brake light
⇒ page 190
w
❑ With high-level brake

light bulb - M25-
w
high-level brake light

bulb - M25-
⇒ page 192
w

8 - Coupling point
❑ For washer fluid hose
❑ Connection pieces must be heard to engage when joined

Polo 2014 ➤

reservoir
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Note ed byV gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
ut
The washer fluids reservoir
a (which is the same for the windscreen ra
c
and the rear window washer systems) is located in the front right
s
om
ce
e
nl
wheel housing.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Procedure
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
.c
washer pump
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
t
l purpos
ke
The rear window washer pump supplies both the windscreen and
the rear window washer systems and is located on the washer
nf
ercia
fluid reservoir in the front right wheel housing.
orm
m
atio
m
Procedure
o
n in
or c
ar
thi
– Removing and installing windscreen and rear window washer
te
sd
a
pump - V59- ⇒ page 101 .

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
4.4 Removing and installing spray jet

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
m
C
Removing ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
io
The spray jet is installed in the high-level brake light.
– Remove high-level brake light ⇒ page 190 .

ix
– Press fasteners in -direction of arrow-.

– Pull spray jet -1- towards rear out of high-level brake light.
.p
Installing
w
Note
w
– Engage spray jet firmly in high-level brake light.

– Adjusting spray jet ⇒ page 110 .
w
4. Rear window washer system 109

Polo 2014 ➤
4.5 Adjusting spray jet

Procedure
Caution
Risk of damage.
om
♦ Do not use any objects for cleaning spray jets.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Note rise nte
tho eo
au ra
s c
In case of uneven spray field due to impurities in the spray jet: s
ce
.c
e
nl
remove spray jet and rinse it through with water, opposite to di‐
pt
du
an
rection of spray. Subsequent blowing through with compressed
itte
y li
erm
air against the spraying direction is permitted. Do not use any
ab
ility
objects for cleaning spray jets!
ot p
wit
t
, is n
h re
– Adjust spray jet for rear window washer system ⇒ Mainte‐
hole
ke
spec
nance ; Booklet 27.1 ; Descriptions of work .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
ar
l purpos
nform
ercia
m
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
c
io
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
ix
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
5 Headlight washer system

⇒ “5.1 Assembly overview - headlight washer system”,
page 111
⇒ “5.2 Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir”,
page 112
⇒ “5.3 Removing and installing headlight washer system pump
om
V11 ”, page 112
⇒ “5.4 Removing and installing washer jets”, page 113
⇒ “5.5 Adjusting spray jets”, page 113
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
⇒ “5.6 Removing and installing pop-up cylinder”,
Vol
page
ksw 113
a
not
y gu
db ara
5.1 Assembly overview - headlight washer system
.c
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
t
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ page 112
ke
ility
ot p
❑ With windscreen wash‐
wit
, is n
er fluid level sender -
h re
hole
G33-
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
windscreen washer fluid
level sender - G33-
ar
⇒ page 100
rrectness of i
2 - T-piece
l purpos
❑ Distribution of wash wa‐

m
ter line to headlight
nform
ercia
washer system spray

jets
m
at
om
io
3 - Filler neck
n
c
io
in t
or
❑ Must not be removed

his
ate
from washer fluid reser‐

do
priv
voir
um
for
en
ng
t.
ix
yi
4 - Spray jet assembly
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ With pop-up cylinder for yri
gh by
ht
left spray jet
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
.p
❑ Removing and installing Prote AG.

spray jets ⇒ page 113
❑ Adjusting spray jets
⇒ page 113
w

spray jet pop-up cylin‐
der ⇒ page 113
w
❑ Pop-up cylinder for left

spray jet
w

7 - Spray jet assembly
❑ With pop-up cylinder for right spray jet
❑ Removing and installing spray jets ⇒ page 113
❑ Adjusting spray jets ⇒ page 113
❑ Removing and installing spray jet pop-up cylinder ⇒ page 113
5. Headlight washer system 111

Polo 2014 ➤
❑ For spray jets of headlight washer system
9 - Headlight washer system pump - V11-
om
reservoir
Note
The washer fluid reservoir (which is shared by the window and
.c
the headlight washer systems) is located in the front right wheel
housing.
Procedure
t
ke
5.3 Removing and installing headlight
washer system pump - V11-
♦ Drip tray
ar
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw
m
ol not
– Withdraw ignition key. d byV gu
ara
ise nte
r
ut
ho eo
ra
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Removing and installing front
s wheel
s a c
housing liner .
ce
le
io un
pt
an
d
– Place drip tray under washer fluid reservoir -1-.

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
– Disconnect connector -2- from headlight washer system pump
ility
ot
- V11- -4-.
wit
, is n
ix
h re
hole
spec
leading to spray jet of rear window washer system, and pull
es, in part or in w
connection piece off headlight washer system pump - V11- t to the co

.p
-4-.
– Pull headlight washer system pump - V11- -4- upwards out of
rrectness of i
washer fluid reservoir -1-.

l purpos
Installing
w

nform
mercia
a
w
com
ti
Note
on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
c
w
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Check sealing grommet of pump for damage, and renew it if . Cop py
necessary.
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
5.4 Removing and installing washer jets
Note
cally the same.
om
Removing
– Remove pop-up cylinder ⇒ page 113 .
– Press fasteners in -direction of arrow A-.
– Pull spray jets -1- in -direction of arrow B- out of pop-up cylin‐
.c
der -2-.
Installing
t
– Push spray jets into pop-up cylinder until they can be heard to
ke
engage.
5.5 Adjusting spray jets

ar
Note
m
The delivered spray jets are preset by the manufacturergso Athat
G. Volkswagen AG d
there is no need to adjust them following installation. a en oes
olksw not
V y gu
db ara
rise nte
Procedure
io
tho eo
s au ra
c
– Checking adjustment of spray jets ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet s
ce
le
27.1 ; Descriptions of work .

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
ix
5.6 Removing and installing pop-up cylinder

erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “5.6.1 Removing and installing pop-up cylinder”, page 113

wit
is n
h re
ole,
⇒ “5.6.2 Removing and installing pop-up cylinder, Polo GTI”, page

.p
spec
114
t to the co
5.6.1 Removing and installing pop-up cylinder

w
rrectne
♦ Drip tray
ss o
cial p
f
w
in
Note
form
mer
atio
m
o
n
c

w
i
or
n thi
cally the same.

te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
Removing
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove front bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
cover .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤ AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Electrical system - Edition 10.2019 Volksw
oes
not
by gu
d ara
ise nte
– Working with compressed air, drive pop-up
ut
hor
cylinder together eo
with cap out of bumper cover, and shold
s a it in place. ra
c
ce
le
– Unclip cap -1- at both sides from fasteners -arrows- on spray
un
pt
an
d
jet holder.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
om spec
t to the co
rrectnes
.c s o
cial p
f
– Press release tab -1- on connection piece -2- of washer fluid
inform
line, and pull connection piece off pop-up cylinder -3-.
mer
atio
m
– Press release tabs -arrows- of pop-up cylinder -3-.
t
o
n
c
i
or
n
– Pull pop-up cylinder -3- downwards out of mounting.
thi
ke
te
sd
iva
o
r
Installing
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Note
Prote
cted
by c
op
ar AG.
Vo
lksw
agen
♦ Observe the markings for distinguishing the left and right pop-
up cylinders.
m
♦ Ensure that the pop-up cylinder engages audibly when being
pushed into the mounting.
io
5.6.2 Removing and installing pop-up cylin‐

ix
der, Polo GTI

.p
♦ Drip tray
Note
w
cally the same.
w
Removing
w

cover .
– Working with compressed air, drive pop-up cylinder together
with cap out of bumper cover, and hold it in place.

Polo 2014 ➤
– Unclip cap -1- at both sides from fasteners -arrows- on spray

jet holder.
om
– Press release button on connection piece of washer fluid line
-arrow-.
.c
– Pull connection piece off pop-up cylinder.
– Pull pop-up cylinder downwards out of mounting.
t
Installing
ke
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
♦ Observe the markingsedfor by distinguishing the left and right pop-
up cylinders. ris
V gu
ara
nte
ar
h o eo
ut ra
♦ When connecting
ss a
the washer fluid line, ensure that the con‐ c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
m
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
io
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ix
rrectness of i
l purpos
.p
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
w or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
w
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
w
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
6 Washer fluid lines

⇒ “6.1 Repairing washer fluid lines”, page 116
6.1 Repairing washer fluid lines
Note
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are availabled by un‐
V gu
ara
der ⇒ Electrical system, General information; Rep. gr.ho92 ris ; Hose
e nte
eo
repair . s aut ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
.c
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
t
spec
es, in part or in w
ke
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
ar
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
m
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
io
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ix
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
94 – Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior
om
t .c
ke
ar olkswage es n
ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
m
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
io
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ix
rrectness of i
l purpos
.p
nform
mercia
a
com
w
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
w
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
w
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Headlights 117
Polo 2014 ➤
1 Headlights
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - headlight”, page 118
⇒ “1.2 Removing and installing headlight”, page 125
⇒ “1.3 Adjusting headlights”, page 127
⇒ “1.4 Adjusting headlight installation position”, page 127
om
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
⇒ “1.5 Removing and installing front turn signal bulbVM5
olks / M7 ”,
wa not
page 128 ed
by gu
ara
is nte
or
⇒ “1.6 Installing repair kit for headlight housing”,
au
th page 133 eo
ra
ss c
⇒ “1.7 Converting headlights from driving on right to driving on
ce
le
un
pt
left”, page 134
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “1.8 Converting headlights from driving on left to driving on
erm
.c ab
ility
right”, page 139
ot p
wit
is n
⇒ “1.9 Removing and installing headlight range control motor
h re
ole,
V48 / V49 ”, page 144
spec
t
⇒ “1.10 Removing and installing headlight dipped beam bulb
t to the co
ke
M29 / M31 ”, page 152
⇒ “1.11 Removing and installing headlight main beam bulb M30 /
rrectne
M32 ”, page 156
⇒ “1.12 Removing and installing gas discharge bulb L13 / L14 ”,
ss
page 161
ar
o
cial p
f in
⇒ “1.13 Removing and installing side light bulb M1 / M3 ”,
form
mer
page 162
atio
om
⇒ “1.14 Removing and installing daytime running light bulb L174 /
n
c
i
or
n
m
L175 ”, page 166
thi
te
sd
iva
o
⇒ “1.15 Removing and installing headlight screen adjustment sol‐
pr
cum
r
fo
enoid N395 / N396 ”, page 166

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “1.16 Removing and installing bulbs for cornering light M51 /
io
C py
t. rig
M52 ”, page 167
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
⇒ “1.17 Removing and installing headlight starter for gas dis‐ Prote
cted AG.
agen
charge light J426 / J427 ”, page 168
ix
⇒ “1.18 Removing and installing LED modules for daytime run‐

ning light and side light L176 / L177 ”, page 169
⇒ “1.19 Removing and installing starter unit for gas discharge
.p
bulb”, page 169

⇒ “1.20 Removing and installing output module 1 for LED head‐
light A27 / A31 ”, page 170
w
⇒ “1.21 Removing and installing control unit for daytime running

light and side light J860 / J861 ”, page 171
1.1 Assembly overview - headlight

w
⇒ “1.1.1 Assembly overview - halogen headlights H7, version 1”,

page 118
⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - halogen headlights H7, version 2”,
w
page 120
⇒ “1.1.3 Assembly overview - gas discharge headlight”,
page 122
⇒ “1.1.4 Assembly overview - LED headlights”, page 124
1.1.1 Assembly overview - halogen headlights H7, version 1
118 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

Polo 2014 ➤
1 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 2.5 Nm
2 - Bolt
❑ For stop
❑ 2 Nm
om
3 - Carrier
❑ For headlight
4 - Cover
❑ For headlight dipped
beam bulb and head‐
light range control motor
.c
5 - Bulb holder wage
es n
lks
❑ For holding front turn d byV
o ot g
ua
signal bulb o
ir se
ran
tee
t
th or
u
6 - Cover ss
a ac
ke
ce
le
❑ For bulbs for main beam

un
pt
headlight
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
7 - Stop
ility
ot p
❑ For headlight
wit
is n
h re
ar
ole,
8 - Headlight main beam bulb
spec
❑ Left headlight main
t to the co
beam bulb - M30- / right
headlight main beam
bulb - M32-
m
rrectne
⇒ page 156
ss
9 - Side light bulb
o
cial p
f i
io
n
❑ Left side light bulb - form
mer
M1- / right side light bulb

atio
- M3-
om
n
c

or
n thi
ix te
sd
va
10 - Speed nut
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
❑ Qty. 2
en
ng
t.
yi Co
.p
op
11 - Headlight dipped beam bulb C py
t. rig
gh ht
❑ Left headlight dipped beam bulb - M29- / right headlight dipped beam bulb - M31- yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 152 cted agen
Prote AG.
12 - Headlight range control motor

w
❑ Left headlight range control motor - V48- / right headlight range control motor - V49-
w
13 - Headlight mounting
❑ Qty. 2
14 - Adjustment bushes
w
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Correcting installation position of headlight ⇒ page 127
15 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 6 Nm
1. Headlights 119
Polo 2014 ➤
16 - Headlights
❑ Front left headlight - MX1- / front right headlight - MX2-
❑ Installing repair kit for headlight housing ⇒ page 133
❑ Changing headlights over from driving on right to driving on left ⇒ page 134
om
❑ Changing headlights over from driving on left to driving on right ⇒ page 139
17 - Front turn signal bulb
❑ Front left turn signal bulb - M5- / front AG. Volkswagen AGbulb
agenright turn signal does - M7-
olksw not
❑ Removing and installing ⇒edpage
by
V
128 gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
.c
aut ra
ss c
1.1.2 Assembly overview - halogen headlights H7, version 2
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
t
pe
1 - Bolt
ility
ot
ke wit
❑ Qty. 2
, is n
h re
hole
❑ 2.5 Nm
spec
es, in part or in w
2 - Bolt
t to the co
❑ For stop
❑ 2 Nm
ar
rrectness of i
3 - Carrier
l purpos
❑ For headlight
m
nform
ercia
❑ Front left turn signal

m
bulb - M5- / front right

com
tion in
turn signal bulb - M7-

r
te o
thi
io

s
iva
do
⇒ page 128
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
5 - Handle
n
t.
yi Co
op
❑ With bulb holder
ix
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
❑ For holding front turn py by
co Vo
lksw
signal bulb
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
6 - Cover
.p
❑ Qty. 3
7 - Headlight dipped beam bulb
❑ Left headlight dipped
w
beam bulb - M29- / right

headlight dipped beam
bulb - M31-
w

⇒ page 152
8 - Bulb holder
w
❑ For headlight dipped

beam bulb.
9 - Headlight range control mo‐
tor

Polo 2014 ➤
10 - Headlights
❑ Installing repair kit for “headlight housing” ⇒ page 133
om
AG. Volkswagen n AG do
wage es n
11 - Headlight mounting Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
❑ Qty. 2 oris tee
th or
au
12 - Adjustment bushes ss
ac
ce
e
❑ Qty. 2
nl
.c pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
13 - Bolt
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
❑ Qty. 2
t
h re
hole
❑ 6 Nm
spec
ke
es, in part or in w
14 - Headlight main beam bulb
t to the co
❑ Left headlight main beam bulb - M30- / right headlight main beam bulb - M32-
rrectness of i
15 - Bulb holder
ar
l purpos
❑ For holding headlight main beam bulb

16 - Stop
nf
ercia
or
❑ For headlight
m
m
atio
m
om
17 - Handle
n in
or c
thi
❑ With bulb holder
te
sd
iva
o
❑ For holding side light bulb
r
rp
cu
o
io
m
f
en
ng
18 - Side light bulb

t.
yi Co
op py
❑ Left side light bulb - M1- / right side light bulb - M3- t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 162 cop Vo
by lksw
ix
cted agen
Prote
19 - Speed nut
AG.
❑ Qty. 2
.p
w
w
w
1. Headlights 121
Polo 2014 ➤
1.1.3 Assembly overview - gas discharge headlight
1 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 2.5 Nm
2 - Bolt
om
❑ For stop
❑ 2 Nm
3 - Carrier
❑ For headlight
4 - Housing cover
.c
❑ For gas discharge bulb
and headlight range
control motor
5 - Bolt
t
❑ Qty. 4
ke
❑ 1.4 Nm
6 - Cover
❑ For front turn signal bulb
7 - Cover
ar
❑ For static cornering light
bulb
8 - Stop AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
m
oes
❑ For headlight olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
9 - Static cornering
horilight
s
bulb eo
ut ra
❑ Bulb forssleft static cor‐
a c
nering light - M51- / right
ce
io
le
un
pt
static cornering light -

an
d
itte
M52-
y li
rm
ab
pe

ility
ot
⇒ page 167
wit
ix
, is n
h re
10 - Spacer
hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
.p
rrectness of i
12 - Gas discharge bulb

l purpos
❑ Left gas discharge (xenon) bulb - L13- / right gas discharge (xenon) bulb - L14-
❑ With integrated starter unit
nform
ercia

m
a
com
13 - LED module for daytime running light and side light

ion in
r
❑ Left LED module for daytime running light and side light - L176- / right LED module for daytime running
te o
thi
light and side light - L177-

s
iva
do
r
w
rp

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ Qty. 2 opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
15 - Adjustment bushes Prote
cted AG.
agen
❑ Qty. 2

Polo 2014 ➤
16 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 6 Nm
17 - Headlight starter for gas discharge bulb
❑ Left headlight starter for gas discharge n AG. Volkswagen AG do headlight starter for gas discharge bulb - J427-
lkswage bulb - J426- / right es n
Vo ot g
❑ Removing and installinge⇒ d page 168
by ua
ra
ris nte
om
18 - Bolt utho eo
ra
a c
ss
❑ Qty. 3
ce
le
un
pt
❑ 1.4 Nm
an
d
itte
y li
rm
19 - Headlights
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
.c
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Installing repair kit for headlight housing ⇒ page 133
t
rrectness of i
ke
l purpos

❑ Front left turn signal bulb - M5- / front right turn signal bulb - M7-
nform
ercia

m
ar
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
io
agen
Prote AG.
ix
.p
w
w
w
1. Headlights 123
Polo 2014 ➤
1.1.4 Assembly overview - LED headlights
1 - Headlights
❑ Front left headlight -
MX1- / front right head‐
light - MX2-
om
⇒ page 125
❑ Correcting installation
position of headlight
⇒ page 127 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
❑ Installing repair kit for d by
V gu
ara
.c
e
headlight housing horis nte
eo
⇒ page 133 aut ra
c
ss
❑ Changing headlights
ce
le
un
over from driving on
pt
an
d
t
itte
right to driving on left
y li
rm
ab
⇒ page 134
ke
pe
ility
❑ Changing headlights
ot
wit
, is n
over from driving on left
h re
hole
to driving on right
spec
⇒ page 139
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2 - Carrier
ar
❑ For headlight
rrectness of i
3 - Bolts
l purpos
❑ Qty. 2
m
❑ 2.5 Nm
nform
ercia
4 - Bolt
m
a
❑ For stop
com
tion in
io
❑ 2 Nm
r
te o
thi
s
iva
5 - Stop
do
r
rp
cum
❑ For headlight
fo
en
ng
t.
ix
yi Co
6 - LED with heat sink for high Cop py
t. rig
beam opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
❑ Headlight main beam bulb -M30- / -M32- by c lksw

cted agen
.p
Prote AG.
7 - Bolts
❑ Qty. 4
w
❑ 2 Nm
8 - Bolts
❑ Qty. 4
w
❑ 1.5 Nm
9 - Cover
❑ For main beam
w
10 - Bolts
❑ Qty. 11
❑ 1.4 Nm
11 - LED module for daytime running light and side light
❑ Left LED module for daytime running light and side light - J860- / right LED module for daytime running
light and side light - J861-

wage es n
yV
olks ot g Polo 2014 ➤
b ua
ir se
d Electrical systemran - Edition 10.2019
tee
ho
ut or
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page
ss
a 171 ac
ce
e
nl
12 - Cover
pt
du
an
itte
❑ For dipped beam
y li
erm
ab
ility
13 - LED with heat sink for dipped beam
ot p
wit
, is n
❑ Headlight dipped beam bulb -M29- / -M31-
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
om
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
❑ Qty. 2
.c nf
ercia
16 - Adjustment bushes
orm
❑ Qty. 2
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
t thi
e
17 - Bolts
t
sd
iva
o
ke
r
❑ Qty. 2
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
❑ 6 Nm
t.
yi Co
Cop py
18 - Bolts
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Qty. 4 cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ 1.4 Nm
ar Prote AG.
19 - LED module for headlight electronics

❑ Output module 1 for LED headlight -A27- / -A31-
m
❑ Front left turn signal bulb - M5- / front right turn signal bulb - M7-
io
21 - Cover
ix

.p

w
w
w
Note
cally the same.
1. Headlights 125
Polo 2014 ➤
Removing
Caution
Danger of damage to component surfaces.
om
♦ When removing and installing the headlight, the surface
of the front bumper cover may be scratched.
♦ Mask off the relevant areas with commercially available
adhesive tape.
.c
– Mask off front bumper cover in the area of headlight with com‐
mercially available adhesive tape.
– Disconnect connector -2- from headlight -1-.
t
ke
ar
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
m
d ara
ise nte
r
– Unscrew bolts -2- of headlight -1-. ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
– Detach headlight -1- at bottom first from inner headlight
ce
e
nl
mounting and then from outer headlight mounting.
pt
du
an
io itte
y li
– Remove headlight -1- towards front in -direction of arrow- from
erm
ab
lower headlight mountings.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Remove headlight -1- towards front from body aperture.
h re
ix hole
spec
Installing
es, in part or in w
t to the co
.p
– Insert headlight into body aperture, and press it against upper

stop.
rrectness of i
• When doing this, ensure that the headlight slides into lower
l purpos
headlight mountings.
w
nform
ercia
– Tighten bolts -2- of headlight -1-.

m
at
om
– Check installation position of headlight -1- so that shut lines/

io
w
n
c
gaps between headlight and body are even.

in t
or
his
ate
• If the shut lines/gaps around the headlight -1- are uneven, the
do
riv
installation position must be adjusted ⇒ page 127 .

p
cum
for
w
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight as necessary gh ht
yri by
⇒ page 127 .
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - headlight”, page 118

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
by
Vol not
gu Polo 2014 ➤
d ara
orise Electrical
nte system - Edition 10.2019
h eo
aut ra
ss c
1.3 Adjusting headlights
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
⇒ “1.3.1 Adjusting headlights, halogen headlights H7”,
itte
y li
page 127
erm
ab
ility
⇒ “1.3.2 Adjusting headlights, gas discharge headlight”, ot p
wit
is n
page 127
h re
ole,
spec
⇒ “1.3.3 Adjusting headlights, auxiliary headlight”, page 127
om
t to the co
1.3.1 Adjusting headlights, halogen head‐
lights H7
rrectne
Procedure
s
– Adjust halogen headlights H7 ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 27.1 ;
s o
cial p
Descriptions of work .
f in
.c form
mer
1.3.2 Adjusting headlights, gas discharge
atio
m
headlight
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
t
e
Procedure
t
sd
iva
o
r
ke
p
cum
– Adjusting gas discharge headlights ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet
r
fo
en
ng
27.1 ; Descriptions of work .

t.
yi Co
Cop py
1.3.3 Adjusting headlights, auxiliary headlight

t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Note
ar AG.
Retrofitted auxiliary headlights of other systems must be checked

and adjusted according to valid guidelines.
m
1.4 Adjusting headlight installation position
io
Note
♦ If it transpires during checking of the installation position that

the shut lines/gaps between headlight and body are uneven,
ix
the installation position must be adjusted.

♦ Usually, the installation position of the headlights must be ad‐
justed only if the headlights or the front bumper cover is
renewed.
.p
♦ The procedure for adjusting the headlight is described for the

left side. The procedure on the right side is analogous.
w
Procedure
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 125 .
w

cover .
w
1. Headlights 127
. Volkswagen AG
Polo 2014 ➤ wage
n AG does
olks not
Electrical system d-bEdition
y V 10.2019 gu
ara
e nte
ris
ho eo
– Loosen bolts -2-sof
au guide.
t ra
c
s
– Install headlight ⇒ page 125 .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Adjust alignment of headlight to body by screwing adjustment
y li
erm
ab
bush -1- in or out, or by moving headlight mounting.
ility
ot p
wit
– Tighten bolts -2- of guide.
is n
h re
ole,
– Install front bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
spec
om
t to the co
cover .
– Check installation position again, and make sure that shut
lines/gaps between headlight and body are even.
rrectne
ss
– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight as necessary
.c
cial p
f
⇒ page 127 .
inform
mer
Specified torques
atio
om
n
c
t
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
ke
v
1.5 Removing and installing front turn signal

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
bulb -M5- / -M7-

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
⇒ “1.5.1 Removing and installing front turn signal bulb M5 / M7 , ht. rig
rig ht
halogen headlights H7, version 1”, page 128
py by
co Vo
⇒ “1.5.2 Removing and installing front turn signal bulb M5 / M7 ,

Prote
cted
by
ar
AG.
lksw
agen
halogen headlights H7, version 2”, page 129

⇒ “1.5.3 Removing and installing front turn signal bulb M5 / M7
(gas discharge headlights)”, page 130
m
⇒ “1.5.4 Removing and installing front turn signal bulb M5 / M7 ,
LED headlights”, page 132
1.5.1 Removing and installing front turn signal

io
bulb -M5- / -M7- , halogen headlights

H7, version 1
ix
Note
.p

cally the same.
Removing
w

– Turn bulb holder -1- in -direction of arrow-, and pull front left
turn signal bulb - M5- towards rear out of reflector.
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Press front left turn signal bulb - M5- -2- in

-direction of arrow A- into grip with bulb holder -1-.
– Turn front left turn signal bulb - M5- -2- in
-direction of arrow B-, and pull it in -direction of arrow C- out
of grip with bulb holder -1-.
Installing
om
Caution
Risk of damage to the headlight.

♦ Do not touch the glass part of the bulb with bare fingers.
Fingers leave traces of grease on the glass bulb, which
.c
evaporate when the bulb is switched on and cause the
glass bulb to cloud over.
♦ Wear e.g. cleanwfabric
agen gloves when
AG. Volkswagen AGinserting
doe bulbs.
ks s no
Vol
t
t
♦ Make sure d b the bulb holder is correctly seateduawhen
y g
ra instal‐
se
ling.thThe ingress of water will cause permanentndamage
ke
ri tee
o
tos athe
u headlight. or
ac
s ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm
ab

ility
ar
ot p
wit
is n

h re
ole,
⇒ page 127 .
spec
t to the co

m
bulb -M5- / -M7- , halogen headlights
rrectne
H7, version 2
io
ss o
cial p
Note
inform
mer
atio
ix
m

o
n
c
cally the same.

or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
Removing
.p
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Pull cap -3- off headlight.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
w
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
1. Headlights 129
Polo 2014 ➤
– Pull grip with bulb holder -1- in -direction of arrow- out of re‐
flector -2-.
om
– Pull front left turn signal bulb - M5- -2- in -direction of arrow- AG. Volkswagen A
out of bulb holder -1-. wage
n G do
.c
es n
olks o t gu
yV
Installing db ara
rise nte
tho eo
Install in the reverse order of removal, observing
s au the following: ra
c
s
t ce
le
un
pt
Caution
an
d
ke
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Risk of damage to the bulb.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ar
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Wear e.g. clean fabric gloves when inserting bulbs.
rrectness of i
♦ Make sure cover cap is correctly seated when installing.
m
The ingress of water will cause permanent damage to the
l purpos
headlight.
nform
ercia
io
m
a
– Install cap -3-.
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
ix rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ page 127 .
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
.p
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w

bulb -M5- / -M7- (gas discharge head‐
w
lights)
w
Note
cally the same.
Removing

Polo 2014 ➤
om
– Turn bulb holder -1- in -direction of arrow-, and pull front left
turn signal bulb - M5- out of reflector.
t .c
olkswage
es n
ot g
ke
ir se
d byV
ar ua
ran
tee
– Press catches -arrows-, and pull front left turn
uth signal bulb - M5-
o
or
-1- out of bulb holder -2-. ss
a ac
ce
le
un
pt
m
an
d
itte
y li
Note
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
The left front turn signal bulb - M5- is permanently attached to the
wit
, is n
bulb base and cannot be dismantled.
h re
io hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Installing
t to the co
ix
Caution rrectness of i
l purpos

.p
nform
ercia
m
a
com

ion in

w
r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
cum
fo

en
g
w
t.
yi Co
op
headlight.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
w
Prote AG.
1. Headlights 131
Polo 2014 ➤

⇒ page 127 .
om
1.5.4 Removing and installing afront
gen AGturn signal
. Volkswagen AG
does
ksw
.c
bulb -M5- / -M7- ,edLED V headlights
ol not
by gu
ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
Note
ce
t
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
ke
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
cally the same.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Open housing cover -3-.
spec
es, in part or in w
ar
t to the co
rrectness of i
m
l purpos
nform
mercia
io
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
– Release catches -arrows-, and pull out front turn signal bulb -
p
c
ix
um
or
M5- / -M7- -1-.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Installing t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri by
.p
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution

w
w

w

headlight.

Polo 2014 ➤
– Install housing cover -3-.

⇒ page 127 .
om
1.6 Installing repair kit for headlight housing
.c
wage
t
lks es n
o ot g
byV ua
ke
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ar
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Electric cutter - V.A.G 1561 A-
rrectness of i
io
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
ix
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
.p iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Blade - V.A.G 1561/18- t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
w
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Note
AG.
♦ The work procedure is described for the left side. The work
w
procedure for the right side is analogous.

♦ This work requires the repair kit for “headlight housing” ⇒
Electronic parts catalogue .
w
Procedure
– Place headlight on soft and clean surface.
– Using electric cutter - V.A.G 1561 A- and blade - V.A.G
1561/18- , cut damaged retaining tab off headlight housing.
1. Headlights 133
Polo 2014 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 10.2019 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
– Grind off cut edge on headlight housing,
rise d and remove any re‐ nte
maining roughness from headlightut
ho housing. eo
ra
s a c
s
– Install new retaining tab -1-, and tighten bolts -arrows-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Note the different sizes of the retaining tabs.
om
h re
hole
spec
♦ The inner retaining tab is smaller than the outer retaining tab.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
.c
Specified torques
nform
ercia

m
t at
om
Bolts for new retaining tab 1.4 Nm
ion
c
ke
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
1.7 Converting headlights from driving on
for
en
ng
t.
yi
right to driving on left
Co
Cop py
t. rig
⇒ “1.7.1 Changing headlights over from driving on right to driving by c

opyri
gh
ar by
Vo
lksw
ht
on left, left halogen headlight H7”, page 134 Prote

cted AG.
agen
⇒ “1.7.2 Changing headlights over from driving on right to driving

on left, left gas discharge headlight”, page 135
m
on left, left LED headlight”, page 136
on left, right halogen headlight H7”, page 137
io

on left, right gas discharge headlight”, page 137
ix
on left, right LED headlight”, page 138
1.7.1 Changing headlights over from driving

.p
on right to driving on left, left halogen

headlight H7
w
Note
♦ The headlight conversion set comprises 2 pieces of film.

w
♦ Please note the different part numbers for the headlight con‐
version sets for converting from right to left-hand traffic ⇒
Electronic Parts Catalogue .
♦ Both headlights of a vehicle must always be converted.
w
♦ The details "right" and "left" on the masking films always refer
to the direction of travel.
♦ It is only permissible to make use of the headlight conversion
set for a short period of time. When permanently driving in the
respective country during a longer period of time, suitable
headlights need to be installed according to valid specifica‐
tions.

Polo 2014 ➤
Procedure
– Turn rotary light switch - EX1- to “0” position.
– Clean headlight lenses.
– Remove protective film on back of assembly film -C- in area
-D- only.
– Align edges -B- of application film -C- with trim lines -A- on
om
headlight lens.
– Press area -D- firmly onto headlight lens.
– Carefully pull application film -C- off the headlight lens.
• The masking film -D- remains on the headlight lens.
– Remove remaining adhesive from headlight:
.c
♦ Remove any remaining adhesive using only alcohol-based or
alcohol and water-based cleaning fluid, e.g. a cloth soaked in
isopropanol.
t
♦ Customers should be informed of how to remove residual ad‐
hesive after the masking film is pulled off.
1.7.2 Changing headlights ksw over from driving

agen
A n AG d G. Volkswage
ke
ol
oes
not
ar
on right to driving on left, left gas dis‐
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
charge headlight
tho eo
u ra
sa s c
If a right-hand drive vehicle is driven in a left-hand drive country,
ce
le
m
un
pt
or vice versa, the headlights must be converted. This is necessary

an
d
itte
y li
in order to avoid dazzling oncoming traffic with the asymmetric

rm
ab
low beam headlights.

pe
ility
ot
wit
Procedure
, is n
io
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
ix
♦ The conversion from driving on left to driving on right, or vice

versa, is performed by means of the infotainment system.
rrectness of i
♦ It is only permissible to make use of the headlight converter

l purpos
.p
for a short period of time. When permanently driving in the

nform
ercia

tions.
m
a
com
ti
w
on in
– Press CAR button on display unit for front information display

r
te o
thi
and operating unit control unit - J685- .

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
– Press function buttons Setup and Light .

w
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Perform adjustment in menu “Light Settings”. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
w
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Headlights 135
Polo 2014 ➤

on right to driving on left, left LED head‐
light
Note
om
♦ The headlight conversion set consists of 2 masking films with
different part numbers.
.c
tions.
Procedure
t
– Turn rotary light switch - EX1- to 0 position.
ke
– Remove protective backing from application film -3- in area
-4- only.
– Align edges -2- of application film -3- with trim lines -1- on
headlight lens.
ar
– Press area -4- firmly onto headlight lens.
– Carefully pull application film -3- off headlight lens.
m
The masking film -4- remains on the lens of the headlight.
n AG. Volkswagen A
– Remove any remaining olks
wadhesive
age using only alcohol-based
G do
es n
ot g
or
alcohol and water-based
d by V cleaning fluid, e.g. a cloth soaked
ua
r
in
isopropanol. orise ante
io
e th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
Note
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
ix
erm
Customers should be informed of how to remove residual adhe‐

ab
ility
sive after the masking film is pulled off.

ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
.p
spec
t to the co
w
rrectness o
cial p
f
w
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
w or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
1.7.4 Changing headlights over Vfrom driving
w oes
olks not
gu
by ara
on right to driving ontholeft, right halogen
ed
ris nte
eo
headlight H7 ss
au ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Note
erm
ab
ility
ot p
om
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
version sets for converting from right to left-hand traffic ⇒
t to the co
rrectne
.c
s
s o
cial p
f
inform
t
mer
atio
ke
m
tions.
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
Procedure
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r

fo
en
ng
t.
yi
gh
t.
ar
Cop
Co
py
rig
ht
yri
– Remove protective film on back of assembly film -C- in area p by
co Vo
-D- only.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
m
headlight lens.
io

ix

isopropanol.
.p

w

on right to driving on left, right gas dis‐
w
charge headlight
w

1. Headlights 137
Polo 2014 ➤
Procedure
Note

om
tions.

. Volkswagen AG
and operating unit control unit
swa- J685- .
gen AG does
.c
olk not
yV gu
– Press function buttons
ise
d bSetup and Light . ara
nte
r
tho eo
– Perform adjustment
sa
u in menu “Light Settings”. ra
c
s
t
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
ke
itte
on right to driving on left, right LED head‐
y li
rm
ab
light
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Note
es, in part or in w
ar
t to the co
different part numbers. rrectness of i

m
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
io
tions.
a
com
tion in
r
te o
Procedure
thi
s
iva
do
r

rp
c
ix
um
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Remove protective backing from application film -3- in area yri
gh ht
.p
by
-4- only.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
headlight lens.
w

w
– Remove any remaining adhesive using only alcohol-based or

isopropanol.
w
Note


Polo 2014 ➤
1.8 Converting headlights from driving on

left to driving on right
⇒ “1.8.1 Changing headlights over from driving on left to driving
on right, left halogen headlight H7”, page 139
on right, left gas discharge headlight”, page 140
om
on right, left LED discharge headlight”, page 141
on right, right halogen headlight H7”, page 142
on right, right gas discharge headlight”, page 142
.c
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
⇒ “1.8.6 Changing headlights over from driving on Vol
kleft
swato driving not
on right, right LED headlight”, page 143 ed
by gu
ara
ris nte
tho eo
1.8.1 Changing headlights over from driving u ra
t
a c
ss
on left to driving on right, left halogen
ce
le
ke
un
pt
headlight H7
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Note
is n
h re
ole,
ar
spec
t to the co
version sets for converting from left to right-hand traffic ⇒
rrectne
m
s
s o
cial p
f
inform
io
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
ix a
tions.
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Procedure
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.p
t.
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w
1. Headlights 139
Polo 2014 ➤

-D- only.
headlight lens.
om
isopropanol.
.c
t
ke
on left to driving on right, left gas dis‐
charge headlight
ar
Procedure
m
Note
swage es n
♦ The conversion from driving on left to driving on right, y V or vice
io
olk ot g
b ua
versa, is performed by means of the infotainment ir se system.
d ran
tee
tho
or
♦ It is only permissible to make use of the headlight
ss
au
converter ac
ce
e
ix nl

pt
du
an

itte
y li
erm
tions.
ab
ility
ot p
.p
wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
w
– Perform adjustment in menu “Light Settings”.

rrectness of i
l purpos
w
nform
ercia
w
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤

onolleft
ksw to driving on right,
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes left LED dis‐
not
d charge headlight
byV gu
ara
ise n
r tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
Note
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
om
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
.c
tions.
rrectness of i
Procedure
l purpos
t
ke nf
ercia
o
rm
m
atio
m

o
n in
c
-4- only.
or
thi
te
sd
a
iv
o
r
ar
rp
cu
headlight lens.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
m
by c lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen

isopropanol.
io
Note
ix

.p
w
w
w
1. Headlights 141
Polo 2014 ➤

on left to driving on right, right halogen
headlight H7
Note
om
version sets for converting from left to right-hand traffic ⇒
.c
t
headlights need to be installed according to valid specifica‐agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
ke
tions. Vol
ksw es n
ot g
by ua
ed ran
ris tee
Procedure tho
or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
ar
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
-D- only.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
headlight lens.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
io
rrectness of i
l purpos

ix
nform
ercia

isopropanol.
m
at
om
ion
c

in t
.p
or

his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
w
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
on left to driving on right, right gas dis‐
Prote AG.
w
charge headlight
w


Polo 2014 ➤
Procedure
Note

om
tions.

.c
– Perform adjustment in menu “Light Settings”.gen AG. Volkswagen AG d
wa oes
olks not
t
1.8.6 Changing headlights ise
d b over from driving
yV gu
ara
nte
ke
on left to drivingauon
tho right, right LED head‐
r eo
ra
light ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ar
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
m
rrectness of i
l purpos
io
tions.
nf
ercia
Procedure
orm
m

atio
ix om
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
.p
-4- only.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
headlight lens.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Press area -4- firmly onto headlight lens. by c
w
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w

isopropanol.
w
Note

1. Headlights 143
Polo 2014 ➤
1.9 Removing and installing headlight range

control motor -V48- / -V49-
⇒ “1.9.1 Removing and installing headlight range control motor
V48 / V49 , halogen headlights H7, version 1”, page 144
V48 / V49 , halogen headlights H7, version 2”, page 145
om
V48 / V49 (gas discharge headlights)”, page 148
⇒ “1.9.4 Headlight range control motors V48 / V49 , LED head‐
lights”, page 150
1.9.1 Removing and installing headlight range

control motor -V48- / -V49- , halogen
.c
headlights H7, version 1
t
Note
ke
cally the same.
Removing
ar
– Turn headlight height adjustment screw to rearmost position
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 27.1 ; Descriptions of work .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
m
agen oes
– Pull cap -1- off headlight. Volksw not
gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
io
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
ix
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
.p
– Release left headlight range control motor - V48- -1- in

rrectness of i
-direction of arrow-.
w
l purpos
– Using a screw driver, release ball head of positioning pin to‐

wards top left from ball head mounting on reflector.
nf
ercia
orm
w
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
w
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not Polo 2014 ➤
byV gu
ara
rised
Electrical
nte system - Edition 10.2019
ho eo
aut ra
– Disconnect connector -2-, and remove left headlight range ss c
ce
le
control motor - V48- -1-.
un
pt
an
d
itte
Installing
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Pull reflector towards rear, and lock it in place.
h re
ole,
spec
– Connect connector to left headlight range control motor -
om
V48- .
t to the co
– Guide left headlight range control motor - V48- into headlight
housing.
rrectne
– Carefully insert ball head of positioning pin in ball head mount‐
ing.
ss o
cial p
f i
.c nform
Caution
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
t
te
sd
va

i
o
r
ke
p
c
headlight.
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
– Install cap -1-. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
ar AG.

– Adjust headlights ⇒ page 127 .
m
io

ix
control motor -V48- / -V49- , halogen

.p

w
w
w
1. Headlights 145
Polo 2014 ➤
♦ Electric cutter - V.A.G 1561 A-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
om
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
♦ Blade - V.A.G 1561/18-
h re
.c
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
t
♦ Removal and installation are described for the left side. The
rrectness of i
removal and installation procedure for the right-hand side is
ke
basically the same.
l purpos
♦ For this kind of repair work the repair kit for “headlight range
control cap” is required ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue .
nform
mercia
a
Removing
com
t
ar
ion in
r

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
m n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
io
ix
.p
w
w
w

wage es n
yV
olks Polo ot 2014
gu ➤
b
ir se
d Electrical system - Edition 10.2019
ara
nte
ho eo
aut ra
– Turn headlight height adjustment screw -1- as far
ss as possible c
in -direction of arrow- so that the left headlight range control
ce
e
nl
pt
du
motor - V48- is set towards front.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Caution
wit
, is n
h re
Risk of damage to the headlight housing.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
om
♦ Residue must not get into the headlight housing. Vacuum
t to the co
any residue when cutting or grinding.
♦ The cut edge must be located above the web on the head‐
rrectness of i
light housing. In this way, the cap will be properly seated.
– Using electric cutter - V.A.G 1561 A- and blade - V.A.G l purpos
.c
nform
ercia
1561/18- , cut off cap -2- above web -3- from headlight hous‐
ing.
m
at
om
io
– Grind off cut edge on headlight housing, and, if necessary,
n
c
in t
r
remove any residue from headlight housing.

o
t
his
ate
do
riv
– Turn headlight height adjustment screw -1- as far as possible
ke
p
cum
in opposite -direction of arrow- so that the left headlight range
for
en
g
control motor - V48- is set towards rear.

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Remove left headlight dipped beam bulb - M29-
t. rig
gh ht
yri
⇒ page 152 .
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
ar Prote AG.
Caution

♦ Do not touch the reflector with bare fingers. Fingers leave
m
traces of grease on the reflector, which vaporise when the
bulb is switched on and cause the reflector to cloud over.
♦ Wear, for example, clean fabric gloves when locating the
reflector.
io
– Locate reflector through opening of left headlight dipped beam

bulb - M29- .
ix
– Release left headlight range control motor - V48- -1- in

.p
– Release ball head of positioning pin downwards from ball head

mounting on reflector.
w
w
w
1. Headlights 147
Polo 2014 ➤
– Disconnect connector -2-, and remove left headlight range

control motor - V48- -1-.
Installing
– Connect connector to left headlight range control motor -
V48- .
om
housing.
– Carefully insert ball head of positioning pin from below in ball
head mounting on reflector.
Caution
.c
♦ Make sure the cap seal and the cap are correctly seated
when installing the new cap. The ingress of water will
t
cause permanent damage to the headlight.
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
ksw es n
ke
Vol ot g
d by ua
ran
e
ris tee
tho or
– Install new cap -1- witha seal, and tighten
u bolts -arrows-. ac
ss
ce
le
– Install left headlight dipped beam bulb - M29- ⇒ page 152 .

un
pt
an
d
itte

ar
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Adjust headlights ⇒ page 127 . h re

ole,
spec
m
t to the co
rrectne
io
Specified torques
ss o
cial p

in
ix
form
mer
Bolts for new cap 1.4 Nm

atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
.p
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
control motor -V48- / -V49- (gas dis‐

en
ng
t.
yi Co
charge headlights)
op py
w
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
Note
cally the same.
Removing
om
– Unscrew bolts -A-, and remove housing cover -1- from head‐
light.
.c
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
t
Vo gu
by ara
d
ise nte
ke
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Release left headlight range control motor - V48- -2- in direc‐
ot p
ar
wit
tion of -arrow-, and pull it slightly out of mounting.
, is n
h re
hole
– Release ball head of positioning pin downwards from ball head
spec
mounting on reflector.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
m
– Remove left headlight range control motor - V48- -2-.
Installing
rrectness of i
l purpos
io

housing.
nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
ix om
n in
or c
thi
te
Caution
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
.p
o
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Make sure the housing cover is correctly seated when in‐
C py
t. rig
gh
stalling. The ingress of water will cause permanent dam‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
age to the headlight.
c
w
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install housing cover -1-, and tighten bolts -A-.

w

w

Specified torques
1. Headlights 149
Polo 2014 ➤
1.9.4 Headlight range control motors -V48- / -

V49- , LED headlights
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
.c
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
t
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ke
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
cally the same.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
ar
rrectness of i

l purpos
m
nf
ercia
Note
orm
m
atio
m
♦ On some headlights, the housing cover and the headlight

o
io
n in
c
housing are designed as one unit. In this case, carefully sep‐

or
thi
e
arate the housing cover at the -red line- from the headlight
t
sd
iva
housing using a screwdriver and a hammer.

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
ix
♦ These headlights must be converted accordingly after they

t.
yi Co
have been opened ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue . Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
.p
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤

– Release headlight range control motor -V48- / -V49- -2- in
– Pull headlight range control motor -V48- / -V49- slightly out of Volkswa
mounting. swa
gen AG
. gen AG
does
k not
y Vol gu
– Release ball head of positioning pin downwards d bfrom ball head ara
ise nte
mounting on reflector. r
om
tho eo
au ra
c
– Remove headlight range control motorss-V48- / -V49- -2-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Installing
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Guide headlight range control motor -V48- / -V49- into head‐
wit
, is n
h re
light housing.
.c
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
t
Caution
rrectness of i
ke
l purpos

nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
ar
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
– Close housing cover -1-.

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Note t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ On some headlights, the housing cover and the headlight cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
io
Prote AG.
have been opened ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue .
ix

.p

Specified torques
w

w
w
1. Headlights 151
Polo 2014 ➤
1.10 Removing and installing headlight dip‐

ped beam bulb -M29- / -M31-
⇒ “1.10.1 Removing and installing headlight dipped beam bulb
M29 / M31 , halogen headlights H7, version 1”, page 152
⇒ “1.10.2 Removing and installing headlight dipped beam bulb
om
⇒ “1.10.3 Headlight dipped beam bulb M29 / M31 , LED head‐
lights”, page 155
1.10.1 Removing and installing headlight dip‐

ped beam bulb -M29- / -M31- , halogen
headlights H7,
Vol
kswversion 1
age es n
ot g
.c
y ua
db ran
rise tee
tho or
Note ss au ac
ce
le
un
pt
t
an
d
itte
y li
ke
rm
ab
cally the same.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Removing
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ar
rrectness of i
l purpos
m
nform
mercia
a
com
ti
io
on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
ix
en
ng
t.
yi
– Turn grip element with bulb holder -1- in -direction of arrow-,
Co
Cop py
and remove left headlight dipped beam bulb - M29- together
t. rig
gh ht
yri
with grip element and bulb holder from reflector. p by
co Vo
lksw
.p
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Unclip left headlight dipped beam bulb - M29- -1- from bulb
holder -2-, and pull it out.
Installing
Caution
om
.c
– Insert bulb in bulb holder.
– Insert bulb holder in reflector so that locking lug points up‐
t
wards and fits into recess.
ke
Caution

ar
headlight.
m
io
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Check headlight setting and adjust headlight
olks
wag as necessary does
not
⇒ page 127 . ed
byV gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
ut
ix
a ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
.p erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
1.10.2 Removing and installing headlight dip‐

h re
hole
spec
ped beam bulb -M29- / -M31- , halogen

w es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
w
Note
l purpos
w
nf
ercia
cally the same.

orm
m
atio
om
Removing
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
153
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Headlights
Polo 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
om
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Turn bulb holder -1- in -direction of arrow-, and remove left
ility
ot p
headlight dipped beam bulb - M29- together with bulb holder
.c
wit
, is n
from reflector.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
t
ke
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
ar
orm
m
atio
– Unclip left headlight dipped beam bulb - M29- -1- from bulb
om
n in
or c
thi
te
Installing
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
Caution
t rig
gh ht
yri by
io
cop Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
ix

.p

w
Caution
w

w
headlight.

n AG. Volkswagen AG
age does
ksw not
Vol
by gu
ara Polo 2014 ➤
ed nte
thoris eo Electrical system - Edition 10.2019
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Install headlight ⇒ page 125 . itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ page 127 .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
om
rrectness of i
l purpos
1.10.3 Headlight dipped beam bulb -M29- / -
nf
ercia
.c
M31- , LED headlights
orm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
e
t
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
ke
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ar
m
Note
io
cally the same.
ix
Removing
.p
Note
w

w

w
Caution
Work on LED modules should be performed only at designated

ESD workplaces.
1. Headlights 155
Polo 2014 ➤

– Carefully pull headlight dipped beam bulb -M29- / -M31- -2-
out of headlight.
Installing
om
Caution

.c
age to the headlight. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
t
ris tee
tho or
– Close housing cover -1-.s au
ke
ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Note
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
ar
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
m
rrectness of i
l purpos

io

nf
ercia
orm
Specified torques
m
atio
om
n in

ix
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
1.11 Removing and installing headlight main

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
beam bulb -M30- / -M32-

en
ng
.p
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
⇒ “1.11.1 Removing and installing main beam headlight bulb
ht rig
rig ht
by
M30 / M32 , halogen headlights H7, version 1”, page 156 copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
⇒ “1.11.2 Removing and installing main beam headlight bulb
w
AG.

⇒ “1.11.3 Headlight main beam bulb M30 / M32 , LED headlights”,
page 159
w
1.11.1 Removing and installing main beam

headlight bulb -M30- / -M32- , halogen
w
Note
cally the same.

G. Volkswage
nA n AG d
wage oes
olks not
by
V Polo 2014 gu ➤
ara
ed
horis Electrical system - Edition 10.2019 nte
eo
aut ra
ss c
Removing
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
om
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f in
.c
form
mer
atio
– Turn bulb holder -2- in -direction of arrow-, and remove left
om
n
headlight main beam bulb - M30- together with bulb holder
c
i
or
n thi
from reflector.
e
t
t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
ke
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ar
m
– Unclip left headlight main beam bulb - M30- -1- from bulb
Installing
io
Caution
ix

.p

w
Caution
w

w

headlight.
1. Headlights 157
Polo 2014 ➤

⇒ page 127 .
om
1.11.2 Removing and installing main beam
.c
headlight bulb -M30- / -M32- , halogen
headlightsagH7,
en AG. version
Volkswagen A2G
do
ksw es n
Vol ot g
by ua
t
d ran
ise
Note uthor tee
ke
or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
cally the same.

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Removing
ar wit
, is n
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
m
rrectness of i
l purpos
io
nform
mercia
at
om
io
ix
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
.p
f
– Turn grip element with bulb holder -1- in -direction of arrow-,

en
ng
t.
yi
and remove left headlight main beam bulb - M30- together with
Co
Cop py
grip element and bulb holder from reflector.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
w
Prote AG.
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Unclip left headlight main beam bulb - M30- -1- from bulb
Installing
Caution
om
.c
t
ke
agen Caution
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
b yV gu
ara
Risk of damage to theoheadlight.
ris
ed
nte
h eo
ut
♦ Make sure coverss a cap is correctly seated when installing. ra
c
ar
The ingress of water will cause permanent damage to the ce
le
un
headlight. pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
m
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
io

⇒ page 127 .
rrectness of i
ix
l purpos
nform
ercia
.p
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
1.11.3 Headlight main beam bulb -M30- / -

thi
s
iva
do
M32- , LED headlights

r
w rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
Special tools and workshop equipment required Cop
yi Co
py
ht. rig
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624- rig ht
w
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
1. Headlights 159
Polo 2014 ➤
Note
cally the same.
Removing
om
– Remove control unit for daytime running light and side light -
J860- / -J861- ⇒ page 171 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Open housing cover -2-. agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise
.c
r nte
ho eo
Note s aut ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
t
y li
erm
ab
ke ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
ar
rrectness of i
Work on LED modules should be performed only at designated
ESD workplaces.
l purpos
m
nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
om

n in
c
io
or
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Carefully pull headlight main beam bulb -M30- / -M32- -2- out
o
m
f
en
ng
of headlight.
t.
ix
yi Co
Cop py
Installing
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
.p
Prote AG.
Caution

w

w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Close housing cover -2-.
Note

om

.c
Specified torques
t
ke
1.12 Removing and installing gas discharge
bulb -L13- / -L14-
ar
m
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV
io
b gu
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
ix
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Note
ot p
wit
, is n
.p
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
cally the same.

t to the co
w
Removing
rrectness of i

l purpos
– Unscrew bolts -A-, and remove housing cover -1- from head‐
w
light.
nform
ercia
WARNING
m
at
w
om
ion
c
in t
r
Risk of death due to high voltage! Risk of injury and environ‐

o
his
e
mental pollution!
at
do
priv
cum
♦ Observe operation and safety notes for gas discharge

for
en
g
bulbs ⇒ page 2 .
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Headlights 161
Polo 2014 ➤
– Disconnect connector -3- in -direction of arrow-.

– Turn left locking element -1- and right locking element in
-direction of arrow-, and remove left gas discharge bulb - L13-
-2- from reflector.
Installing
om
WARNING
Risk of death due to high voltage! Risk of injury and environ‐

mental pollution!
♦ Observe operation and safety notes for gas discharge
bulbs ⇒ page 2 .
.c
Caution
t
ke
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Volksw
ar
agen oes
not
gu
by
– Install housing cover -1-, and tighten bolts -A-. ised ara
nte
or eo
h
– Install headlight ⇒ page 125 . aut ra
ss c
ce
e

m
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ page 127 .
ility
ot p
wit
Specified torques
, is n
io
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ix
1.13 Removing and installing side light bulb - rrectness of i

l purpos
M1- / -M3-
.p
⇒ “1.13.1 Removing and installing side light bulb M1 / M3 , halo‐

nform
ercia
gen headlights H7, version 1”, page 162

m
at
om
w
⇒ “1.13.2 Removing and installing side light bulb M1 / M3 , halo‐

ion
c
gen headlights H7, version 2”, page 164

in t
or
his
ate
⇒ “1.13.3 Removing and installing side light bulb M1 / M3 , gas

do
priv
discharge headlights”, page 165

um
or
w
en
ng
t.
yi
1.13.1 Removing and installing side light bulb -
Co
Cop py
t. rig
M1- / -M3- , halogen headlights H7, ver‐
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
w
o
by c
sion 1
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
cally the same.

Polo 2014 ➤
Removing
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 125 . . Volkswagen AG
gen AG a does
lksw not
db
yV
o gu
ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
om
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
.c
– Remove left side light bulb - M1- together with bulb holder
rrectness of i
-1- towards rear from reflector.
l purpos
t
– Pull left side light bulb - M1- out of bulb holder.
ke
Installing
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
Caution
his
ate
ar
do
priv
Risk of damage to the bulb. cum

for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Do not touch the glass part of the bulb with bare fingers. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
by
m
cop Vo
by lksw
glass bulb to cloud over. Prote
cted AG.
agen

io
Caution
ix

.p

headlight.
w

w

⇒ page 127 .
w
1. Headlights 163
Polo 2014 ➤

M1- / -M3- , halogen headlights H7, ver‐
sion 2
Note
om
cally the same.
Removing
.c
t
ke
ar
– Remove left side light bulb - M1- on grip element with bulb
holder -1- towards rear from reflector.
m
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
io
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ix
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
.p
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
w l purpos
w
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
w
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
– Pull left side light bulb - M1- -2- in -direction of arrow- out of
grip element with bulb holder -1-.
Installing
Caution
om
.c
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
– Insert bulb in bulb holder. ir se
d ran
tee
tho
or
t
au ac
ss
Caution
ce
le
ke
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
headlight.
hole
ar
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
m
rrectness of i
l purpos

⇒ page 127 .
nform
ercia
io m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
ix
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
.p
py
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
M1- / -M3- , gas discharge headlights
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
Note
♦ The side light bulb -M1- / -M3- and the daytime running light
bulb -L174- / -L175- are integrated into the headlight in one
w
LED module for daytime running light and side light -L176- / -
L177- and cannot be renewed individually.
♦ If it is defective, the headlight must be renewed.
w
Procedure
– Removing and installing headlights ⇒ page 125 .
1. Headlights 165
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Polo 2014 ➤ by
Vol not
gu
d ara
Electrical system - Edition 10.2019 orise nte
h eo
aut ra
s c
1.14 Removing and installing daytime run‐ s
ce
le
un
pt
ning light bulb -L174- / -L175-
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “1.14.1 Removing and installing daytime running light bulb
ility
ot p
L174 / L175 , halogen headlights H7”, page 166
wit
is n
h re
⇒ “1.14.2 Removing and installing daytime running light bulb
ole,
spec
L174 / L175 , gas discharge headlights”, page 166
om t to the co
1.14.1 Removing and installing daytime run‐
ning light bulb -L174- / -L175- , halogen
rrectne
headlights H7
ss o
cial p
f
Note
in
.c
form
mer
The daytime running light bulb -L174- / -L175- is installed in the
atio
m
fog light.
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
t
te
sd
a
Procedure
iv
o
r
ke
p
cum
r
fo
– Removing and installing daytime running light bulb -L174- / -
en
ng
t.
L175- ⇒ page 182 .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
ning light bulb -L174- / -L175- , gas dis‐
lksw
cted agen
Prote
charge headlights
ar AG.
Note
m
io
Procedure
ix

.p
screen adjustment solenoid -N395- / -

N396-
w
Note
♦ The headlight screen adjustment solenoid -N395- / -N396- is

integrated into the headlight and cannot be renewed individu‐
w
ally.
w
Procedure

Polo 2014 ➤
1.16 Removing and installing bulbs for cor‐

nering light -M51- / -M52-
Note
om
cally the same.
Removing
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 125 . agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Pull cap -2- off headlight. d by V gu
ara
ise
.c
r nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
t y li
rm
ab
pe
ke
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ar
rrectness of i
– Using a suitable tool, push catches -2- aside, and remove bulb
l purpos
for left static cornering light - M51- -3- from reflector.

m
Installing
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
io
r
te o
thi
Caution
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum

fo
en
ng
t.
ix
yi Co
♦ Do not touch the glass part of the bulb with bare fingers. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri by
evaporate when the bulb is switched on and cause the cop Vo
by lksw
glass bulb to cloud over. cted agen
.p
Prote AG.

w
– Insert bulb for left static cornering light - M51- -1- in reflector
until catches can be heard to engage.
Caution
w

w

headlight.
1. Headlights 167
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Polo 2014 ➤ olksw not
byV gu
ara
Electrical system - Edition 10.2019 rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
– Install cap -2-. ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ page 127 .
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
om t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
1.17 Removing and installing headlight start‐
.c nf
ercia
er for gas discharge light -J426- / -J427-
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
t thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
ke
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
ar AG.
m
Note
io
cally the same.
ix
Removing
.p
– Unscrew bolts -1-, and remove left headlight starter for gas
discharge light - J426- -2- from headlight.
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Disconnect electrical connectors -1- and -3-.

– Remove seal -4- from headlight.
Installing
om
– Renew seal -4- if damaged.
.c
– Fit seal -4- to left headlight starter for gas discharge light -
J426- -2-.
– Connect connectors -1- and -3-.
t
– Insert left headlight starter for gas discharge light - J426- -2-,
and bolt it on.
ke
– Check headlight gsetting
en AG. Vand adjust
olkswagen AG
headlight
does as necessary
swa
⇒ page 127 .
y Volk
ed
b
not
gu
ar ara
Specified
tho
ristorques nte
e or
au ac
♦ ⇒
ss “1.1 Assembly overview - headlight”, page 118
ce
le
un
pt
m an
d
1.18 Removing and installing LED modules

itte
y li
erm
ab
for daytime running light and side light -

ility
ot p
wit
L176- / -L177-
is n
h re
io
ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
ix
♦ The LED module for daytime running light and side light -
rrectne
L176- / -L177- is integrated into the headlight and cannot be

renewed individually.
ss
.p

o
cial p
f inform
Procedure
mer
atio
m

o
n
w
c
i
or
n thi
1.19 Removing and installing starter unit for

te
sd
iva
o
r
gas discharge bulb

p
cum
r
fo
en
w ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Note rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
w
cted agen
♦ The starter unit for the gas discharge bulb is integrated into
Prote AG.
the gas discharge bulb and cannot be renewed individually.
♦ If it is defective, the gas discharge bulb must be renewed.
Procedure
– Removing and installing gas discharge bulb ⇒ page 161 .
1. Headlights 169
Polo 2014 ➤
1.20 Removing and installing output module

1 for LED headlight -A27- / -A31-
om
t .c
ke
Note
cally the same.
Removing
ar
m
– Pull output module 1 for LED headlight -A27- / -A31- -3- off
headlight housing until connector is accessible.
n AG. Volkswagen AG age does
io
ksw n
– Remove output module
by
Vol 1 for LED headlight -A27-
ot g/ -A31- -3-.
ua
ed ran
ris
Installing tho
tee
or
au ac
Install in ss reverse
the order of removal, observing the following:
ix
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Check seal between output module 1 for LED headlight -A27- /

an
itte
y li
-A31- and headlight housing for damage.

erm
ab
ility
ot p
.p
wit
, is n
Caution
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Make sure the output module 1 for LED headlight -A27- /

w
-A31- is correctly seated when installing. The ingress of

water will cause permanent damage to the headlight.
rrectness of i
w l purpos

nf
ercia

or
w
m
m

atio
om
n in
c
Specified torques
or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
1.21 Removing and installing control unit for

daytime running light and side light -
J860- / -J861-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624- Volksw
oes
not
gu
by ara
om
d
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
.c h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
t
ke
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
cally the same.
r
ar
m
m
atio
om
n in
c
Removing
or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
m
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Pull control unit for daytime running light and side light -J860- / C py
t. rig
-J861- -1- off headlight housing until connector is accessible.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
io
by lksw
– Disconnect electrical connector -3-. cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove control unit for daytime running light and side light -
J860- / -J861- -1-.
ix
Installing
– Check seal between control unit for daytime running light and
.p
side light -J860- / -J861- and headlight housing for damage.
Caution
w

♦ Make sure the control unit for left daytime running light and
side light - J860- is correctly seated when installing. The
w
ingress of water will cause permanent damage to the

headlight.
w

Specified torques
1. Headlights 171
Encuentra
yV
olkswamás
gen AG manuales
. Volkswagen AG
does
not
g
b ua
ed ran
ris
Poloth2014 ➤
o tee
or
au
Electrical
ss system - Edition 10.2019 ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
2 Fog lights
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - fog lights”, page 172
ot
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing fog light”, page 174
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “2.3 Removing and installing fog light bulb L22 / L23 ”,
t to the co
page 179
om
⇒ “2.4 Adjusting fog lights”, page 180
rrectness of i
2.1 Assembly overview - fog lights
l purpos
⇒ “2.1.1 Assembly overview - fog lights”, page 172
nform
ercia
⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - fog lights, Polo Cross”, page 173

m
.c
⇒ “2.1.3 Assembly overview - fog lights, Polo GTI”, page 174
a
com
tion in
2.1.1 Assembly overview - fog lights
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
t
um
fo
1 - Fog lights
en
ng
t.
ke
yi Co
❑ Different versions ⇒ Cop py
. rig
Electronic parts cata‐
t
gh ht
yri by
logue cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Removing and installing Prote AG.
⇒ page 174
ar
2 - Cover
❑ Qty. 2
m
3 - Front fog light bulb
❑ Left fog light bulb - L22- /
right fog light bulb - L23-
io
⇒ page 179
4 - Daytime running light bulb
❑ Only on vehicles with
halogen headlights H7
ix
❑ Left daytime running

light bulb - L174- / right
daytime running light
.p
bulb - L175-
⇒ page 182
5 - Front bumper cover
w
6 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
w
❑ 1.5 Nm
7 - Frame
❑ For fog light
w

Polo 2014 ➤
2.1.2 Assembly overview - fog lights, Polo Cross

❑ Left fog light bulb - L22- /
right fog light bulb - L23-
Note
om
The bulb for the fog light is perma‐
nently attached to the bulb holder
and cannot be renewed separately.
⇒ page 174
.c
2 - Fog lights
⇒ page 174
t
ke
3 - Bolts
❑ Qty. 3
❑ 1.5 Nm AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
4 - Frame olksw not
V gu
d by ara
❑ For fog light
horise
ar nte
eo
ut
❑ Removing and installing ss a ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
m
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
io
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
ix
l purpos
.p
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
w
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
w
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
2. Fog lights 173

Polo 2014 ➤
2.1.3 Assembly overview - fog lights, Polo GTI
1 - Fog lights
⇒ page 174
om
2 - Cover
❑ Qty. 2
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Left fog light bulb - L22- / agen oes
olksw not
right fog light bulb - L23- d by V gu
ara
ise nte
❑ Removing and installing or eo
.c
th
⇒ page 179 ss au ra
c
ce
e
4 - Daytime running light bulb

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
t ab
ility
ot p
ke
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
bulb - L175-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ page 182
ar
rrectness of i
6 - Bolts
l purpos
❑ Qty. 2
m
nform
ercia
❑ 1.5 Nm
m
7 - Trim
at
om
ion
❑ For fog light
c
in t
or
io
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
ix
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.2 Removing and installing fog light
.p
⇒ “2.2.1 Removing and installing fog light”, page 174

⇒ “2.2.2 Removing and installing fog lights, Polo Cross”,
page 176
w
⇒ “2.2.3 Removing and installing fog lights, Polo GTI”,

page 177
w
2.2.1 Removing and installing fog light

w

Polo 2014 ➤
om
.c
Note
t
cally the same.
ke
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers. Volksw
oes
not
by gu
d ara
– Withdraw ignition key. orise nte
eo
th
– Remove fog light frame -1- ⇒
u
Generalssbody
a
ar
repairs, exterior;
ra
c
Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper; Removing and installing add-on
ce
le
un
pt
parts .
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
m
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
io
rrectness of i
ix l purpos
– Unscrew bolts -2-, and pull fog light -1- out of front bumper
cover.
nform
ercia
.p
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
w
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
w
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
2. Fog lights 175

Polo 2014 ➤
– Disconnect connectors -arrows- from fog light.
Note
On vehicles with gas discharge headlights, the daytime running

light and side light are located in the LED module which is inte‐
grated into the gas discharge headlight.
om
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Insert tabs of fogedlight
b y V
-2- in mountings -3- on front bumpergu
ara
cover. is nte
.c
or eo
th
au ra
– Tighten bolts
ss -1- of fog light -2-. c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
t
– Check fog light setting, and adjust fog light if necessary
erm
ab
ility
⇒ page 180 .
ot p
ke wit
, is n
Specified torques
h re
hole
spec
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - fog lights”, page 172
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ar rrectness of i
l purpos
m
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
2.2.2 Removing and installing fog lights, Polo

or
io
thi
te
sd
Cross
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi Co
ix
op py
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624- t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
.p
w
w
w
Note
Removal and installation are described for the right side. Removal
and installation on the left side are analogous.
Removing

Polo 2014 ➤

– Remove fog light frame -1- ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper; Removing and installing add-on
parts .
om
.c
t
ke olkswage
es n
ot g
ar ir se
d byV ua
ran
o tee
th or
au ac
ss
– Swivel fog light housing -2- out of bumper cover, taking con‐
ce
e
nl
nected wire lengths into account.
pt
du
m
an
itte
y li
– Disconnect electrical connector -arrow-.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove fog light housing.
wit
, is n
h re
Installing
io hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ix
rrectness of i
⇒ page 180 .
l purpos
Specified torques
.p

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
2.2.3 Removing and installing fog lights, Polo

om
n in
c
GTI
w
or
thi
te
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

w
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
w
Prote AG.
2. Fog lights 177

Polo 2014 ➤
Note
cally the same.
Removing
om
– Remove fog light trim ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
gr. 63 ; Front bumper; Removing and installing add-on parts . lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
– Unscrew bolts -2-. ir se
d ran
.c
o tee
th or
u
– Pull out fog light -1- towards front. ss
a ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
t
y li
erm
ab
ke
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
ar
rrectne
– Disconnect connectors -arrows- from fog light.
ss
m
o
cial p
f
Note
inform
mer
On vehicles with LED headlights, the daytime running light and
atio
m
side light is located in the LED module which is integrated into the
o
n
c
io
i
LED headlight.
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
c
Installing
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
ix
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Check fog light setting, and adjust fog light if necessary cted agen
Prote
.p
AG.
⇒ page 180 .
Specified torques
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
2.3 Removing and installing fog light bulb -

L22- / -L23-
⇒ “2.3.1 Removing and installing fog light bulb L22 / L23 ”,
page 179
⇒ “2.3.2 Removing and installing fog light bulb L22 / L23 , Cross
”, page 180
om
2.3.1 Removing and installing fog light bulb -
L22- / -L23-
Note
.c
cally the same.
t
Removing
ke
– Remove fog light ⇒ page 174 .
– Turn bulb holder -2- in -direction of arrow B-, and pull left fog
light bulb - L22- towards rear out of reflector. ar
Note wage
es n
olks ot g
byV ua
♦ The illustration shows
ir se
d
the removal and installation of the rleft
an
te
fog light with adaytime
utho
running light bulb on vehicles with halo‐e or a
gen headlights
ss H7. c
m
ce
le
un
♦ The left fog light bulb - L22- is permanently attached to the

pt
an
d
bulb holder and cannot be renewed individually.

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Installing
ot
io
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
ix
Risk of damage to the fog light.

rrectness of i
.p
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in

r
te o

thi
s
iva
fog light.
do
r
w
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Install front fog light ⇒ page 174 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
w

p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ page 180 .
2. Fog lights 179

Polo 2014 ➤
2.3.2 Removing and installing fog light bulb -

L22- / -L23- , “Cross”
Note
Removal and installation are described for the right side. Removal
and installation on the left side are analogous.
om
Removing
– Turn bulb holder together with fog light bulb in -1- in
-direction of arrow- and remove from fog light. wage
e ks s no
.c
Vol t gu
The bulb for the fog light is permanently attached
ed to the bulb
by ara
holder and cannot be renewed separately. thoris nte
eo
au ra
Installing ss c
ce
e
t
nl
pt
du
an
itte
ke
y li
erm
ab
ility
Caution
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
ar
t to the co
rrectness of i
m
l purpos

nform
ercia
fog light.
m
io
at
om
ion
c
– Install front fog light ⇒ page 174 .

in t
or
his
ate

do
priv
c
ix
um
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ page 180 .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
2.4 Adjusting fog lights
.p
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Procedure
– Adjusting fog lights ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 27.1 ; Descrip‐
w
tions of work
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
3 Daytime running light

⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - daytime running lights”, page 181
⇒ “3.2 Removing and installing daytime running light bulb L174 /
L175 ”, page 182
3.1 Assembly overview - daytime running lights
om
1 - Fog lights
❑ Different versions ⇒
Electronic parts cata‐
logue
.c
⇒ page 174
2 - Cover
t
❑ Qty. 2
ke
❑ Left fog light bulb - L22- / AG. Volkswagen AG d
right fog light bulb - L23- agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
❑ Removing and installing ised b ara
nte
⇒ page 179 hor eo
s aut ra
c
ar
4 - Daytime running light bulbs
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
m
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
bulb - L175-
spec
es, in part or in w

io
⇒ page 182 t to the co

rrectness of i
6 - Bolt
ix
l purpos
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 1.5 Nm
nform
ercia
7 - Frame
.p m
at
❑ For fog light

om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
w
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
w
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
3. Daytime running light 181

Polo 2014 ➤
3.2 Removing and installing daytime run‐

ning light bulb -L174- / -L175-
⇒ “3.2.1 Removing and installing daytime running light bulb L174 /
L175 , halogen headlights H7”, page 182
⇒ “3.2.2 Removing and installing daytime running light bulb L174 /
L175 , gas discharge headlights”, page 183
om
ning light bulb -L174- / -L175- , halogen
headlights H7
Note
.c
cally the same.
t
ke
Removing
n AG. Volkswagen A
– Turn bulb holder -1- in -direction ooflksarrow
wage A-, and pull daytime
G do
es n
ot g
running light bulb - L174- towards
db
y V rear out of reflector. ua
r e an
ris
autho
ar tee
or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
m
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
io
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
ix
l purpos
nform
ercia
.p
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
w ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
w
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Pull daytime running light bulb - L174- -2- in

-direction of arrow- out of bulb holder -1-.
Installing
Caution
om
.c
t
Caution
ke
fog light.
ar
– Install front fog light ⇒ page 174 .
m
⇒ page 180 . AG. Volkswagen AG d
swagen oes
k ol not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
io
tho eo
au ra
ss ning light bulb -L174- / -L175- , gas dis‐ c
ce
e
charge headlights
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
ix
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
, is n
h re
hole
.p
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
w
rrectness of i
l purpos
Procedure
w

nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
w
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Daytime running light 183

Polo 2014 ➤
4 Lights in exterior mirror

⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - lights in exterior mirror”, page 184
⇒ “4.2 Removing and installing turn signal”, page 185
⇒ “4.3 Removing and installing turn signal repeater bulb L131 /
L132 ”, page 185
om
4.1 Assembly overview - lights in exterior mirror
1 - Mirror mounting
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ;
.c
Exterior mirror; Remov‐
ing and installing exteri‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
or mirror . agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
2 - Adjuster unit
t
ise nte
or eo
h
❑ Removing and installing ut ra
ke
s a c
⇒ General body repairs, s
ce
le

un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
ing and installing mirror
rm
ab
pe
ility
adjustment unit .
ot
wit
, is n
3 - Bolt
ar
h re
hole
spec
❑ Qty. 3
es, in part or in w
❑ 1 Nm
t to the co
4 - Mirror cover
m
❑ Material: ABS
rrectness of i
l purpos

io

nform
ercia
ing and installing mirror

m
cover .
a
com
tion in
ix
5 - Assembly part
r
te o
thi
s
❑ With turn signal repeat‐

iva
do
r
er
rp
cum
fo
en
g
.p

n
t.
yi Co
turn signal repeater Cop py
t. rig
⇒ page 185 opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
❑ Turn signal repeater by c lksw

cted agen
with driver side turn sig‐ Prote AG.
w
nal repeater bulb -

L131- / front passenger
side turn signal repeater bulb - L132-
w
❑ Removing and installing turn signal repeater bulb -L131- / -L132- ⇒ page 185
6 - Mirror glass
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Exterior mirror; Removing and
w
installing mirror glass .

7 - Mirror trim
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Exterior mirror; Removing and
installing mirror trim .
8 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ 1 Nm

Polo 2014 ➤
9 - Wire
10 - Insulation wage
es n
lks ot g
Vo
11 - Manual adjustment unit ed by ua
ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
4.2 Removing and installing turn signal un
le
pt
an
d
om
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
is n
h re
ole,
♦ The turn signal is integrated into the assembly part of the ex‐
spec
terior mirror and cannot be renewed individually.
t to the co
♦ If the LED is defective, the assembly part of the exterior mirror
.c
must be renewed.
rrectne
Procedure
s
– Removing and installing assembly part with turn signal ⇒
t s o
General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Exterior mirror;
cial p
f
ke
in
Assembly overview - exterior mirror .
form
mer
atio
4.3 Removing and installing turn signal re‐
om
n
c
peater bulb -L131- / -L132-
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
ar
pr
cum
r
fo
Note
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ The turn signal repeater bulb -L131- / -L132- is integrated into
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
the turn signal of the assembly part and cannot be renewed op Vo
m
c by lksw
individually. cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ If the LED is defective, the assembly part of the exterior mirror

must be renewed.
io
Procedure
– Removing and installing assembly part with turn signal ⇒
General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Exterior mirror;
ix
Assembly overview - exterior mirror .

.p
w
w
w
4. Lights in exterior mirror 185

Polo 2014 ➤
5 Tail lights
⇒ “5.1 Assembly overview - tail lights in body”, page 186
⇒ “5.2 Removing and installing bulb carrier”, page 186
⇒ “5.3 Removing and installing tail light cluster”, page 187
5.1 Assembly overview - tail lights in body
om
1 - Bulb carrier
⇒ page 186
2 - Fastener
.c
❑ 2 Nm
3 - Tail light
❑ Left tail light - MX3- /
t
right tail light - MX4-
ke
⇒ page 187
4 - Rear fog light bulb/revers‐
ing light bulb
❑ Depending on vehicle
equipment, rear left fog
ar
light bulb - L46- / left re‐
versing light bulb -
M16- / right reversing
light bulb - M17-
m
❑ Remove bulb carrier to
remove ⇒ page 186 n AG. Volkswagen A
ge G do
swa es n
5 - Rear turn signal bbulb
yV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
io
e
❑ Rear lefthoturn
ris signal bulb tee
- M6- /arear
ut right turn sig‐ or
ac
nal bulb
ss - M8-
ce
e
nl

pt
du
an
ix
itte
remove ⇒ page 186

y li
erm
ab
6 - Tail light bulb

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
❑ Left tail light bulb - M4- /

h re
.p
right tail light bulb - M2-

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
remove ⇒ page 186

7 - Brake light bulb
w
rrectness of i
❑ Left brake light bulb -

M9- / right brake light bulb - M10-
l purpos
❑ Remove bulb carrier to remove ⇒ page 186

w
nf
ercia
orm
m
5.2 Removing and installing bulb carrier

atio
om
w
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
Note
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
moval and installation procedure for the right-hand side is basi‐ C py
ht. rig
cally the same. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
Removing
– Remove tail light ⇒ page 187 .
– Release retaining tabs -arrows-, and remove bulb carrier from
tail light cluster.
Installing
om
Caution
Risk of damage to the bulbs.

.c
evaporate when the bulb is switched on and lkscause
wage the es n
glass bulb to cloud over. db
yV
o ot g
ua
ran
ise
♦ Wear e.g. clean fabric gloves whenho inserting bulbs.
r tee
ut a
or
ac
ss
t ce
le
un
pt
ke
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
5.3 Removing and installing tail light cluster
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Note
ar
es, in part or in w
t to the co
cally the same.
rrectness of i
m
l purpos
Removing
nform
ercia
io

m
a
com
– Open cover -1-. tion in

r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
ix rp
r
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
.p
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
– Disconnect connector -2- for tail light cluster.

w
– Unscrew securing element -1-.

w
5. Tail lights 187

Polo 2014 ➤
– Pull tail light cluster -1- towards rear -arrow- out of body.
Installing
Specified torques wage
es n
lks ot g
Vo
om
♦ ⇒ “5.1 Assembly overview d - tail lights in body”, page 186
by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
.c
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
t
ke rrectness o
cial p
f inform
ar
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
m
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
io
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ix
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
6 High-level brake light

⇒ “6.1 Assembly overview - high-level brake light”, page 189
⇒ “6.2 Removing and installing high-level brake light”,
page 190
⇒ “6.3 Removing and installing bulb for high-level brake light M25
”, page 192
om
6.1 Assembly overview - high-level brake light
❑ With high-level brake
light bulb - M25- .
.c
window washer system
t
3 - High-level brake light
ke
⇒ page 190 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
❑ With high-level brake yV
olk ot g
ua
light bulb - M25- ir se
d b ran
tee
o
❑ Removing and installing th or
high-level brake light ss
au
ar ac
ce
e
bulb - M25-
nl
pt
du
⇒ page 192
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
m
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
io
rrectness of i
ix l purpos
nf
ercia
or
.p
m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
w
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
w
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
6. High-level brake light 189

Polo 2014 ➤
6.2 Removing and installing high-level

brake light
⇒ “6.2.1 Removing and installing high-level brake light”,
page 190
⇒ “6.2.2 Removing and installing high-level brake light, BlueMo‐
tion, GTI and R-Line”, page 191
om
6.2.1 Removing and installing high-level
brake light
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
ksw es n
Vol ot g
♦ Plastic wedge - T10039/1- ed by ua
ran
ris tee
tho
.c
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
t ab
ility
ot p
ke wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ar
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
m
♦ The spray jet of the rear window washer system and the high-
nform
ercia
level brake light bulb - M25- are installed in the high-level brake
m
light.
at
om
ion
c
♦ Removing and installing spray jet of rear window washer sys‐

in t
or
io
his
e
tem ⇒ page 109

at
do
priv
cum
or
Removing
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
ix

C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Withdraw ignition key. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
.p
Caution

♦ When using leverage tools, mask visible areas of the com‐
w
ponent with commercially available adhesive tape.
– Using commercially available adhesive tape -1-, mask off rear

w
lid in area of high-level brake light.
Caution
w
Risk of damage to the seal.

♦ Make sure the seal is not damaged when removing the
high-level brake light.

Polo 2014 ➤
– Insert plastic wedge - T10039/1- -1- at top between high-level

brake light -2- and rear lid.
om
– Using plastic wedge - T10039/1- -1-, push high-level brake
light downwards in -direction of arrow-.
.c
– Swing high-level brake light out of rear lid.
t
ke
ar
– Push release tab -arrow- on connection piece -1- towards
spray jet of rear window washer system, and pull connection
piece off spray jet.
m
– Remove high-level brake light.
Installing
io
lkswage es n
o ot g
Note byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
♦ When installing high-level brake light, make suress aseal is cor‐
ix
ac
rectly seated. The seal must not form loops or be damaged. ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
.p
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Connect hose connection and connectors.

h re
hole
spec
– Guide high-level brake light into rear lid.

es, in part or in w
w
t to the co
– Engage locking devices at top.

– Engage retaining springs at bottom.
rrectness of i
w
– Check function of high-level brake light and rear window wash‐

er system.
l purpos
– Adjusting spray jet ⇒ page 110 .

nf
ercia
w
or
6.2.2 Removing and installing high-level

m
m
atio
m
brake light, BlueMotion, GTI and R-Line

o
n in
or c
thi
te

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
191
Prote AG.
6. High-level brake light
Polo 2014 ➤
♦ Plastic wedge - T10039/1- agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
om ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Removing
.c
rrectne
– Remove spoiler ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr.
66 ; Spoiler; Assembly overview - spoiler .
ss
– Remove high-level brake light ⇒ page 190 .
o
cial p
f
t
inform
– Remove high-level brake light bulb - M25- ⇒ page 192 .
mer
ke
atio
Removing
om
n
c
i
or
n
Install in reverse sequence of removal.
thi
te
sd
va
6.3 Removing and installing bulb for high-

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
level brake light - M25-
en
ar
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Note
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
m
♦ The high-level brake light bulb - M25- is integrated into the
high-level brake light and cannot be renewed individually.
♦ If it is defective, the high-level brake light must be renewed.
io
Procedure
– Removing and installing high-level brake light ⇒ page 190 .
ix
.p
w
w
w

n AG. Volkswagen AG do Polo 2014 ➤
wage es n
Volks Electrical system ot-gEdition 10.2019
by ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
7 Number plate light au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
⇒ “7.1 Removing and installing number plate light X4 / X5 ”, page
du
an
itte
193
y li
erm
ab
ility
⇒ “7.2 Removing and installing bulb for number plate light X4 / X5
ot p
wit
”, page 194
, is n
h re
hole
7.1 Removing and installing number plate
om spec
es, in part or in w
light -X4- / -X5-
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Removal wedge - 3409-
l purpos
.c
nform
mercia
at
om
io
t
n
c
in t
or
his
e
ke
at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co
ar Prote
cted
by
AG.
Vo
lksw
agen
Note
m
basically the same.
♦ If an LED number plate light is faulty, the entire number plate
light must be renewed.
io
Removing
ix
Caution
.p

w
– Using removal wedge - 3409- or a flat screwdriver, press re‐

w
taining tab -1- in -direction of arrow-, and lever off left number
plate light - X4- .
w
7. Number plate light 193

Polo 2014 ➤

– Remove left number plate light - X4- .
Installing
– Insert left number plate light - X4- into bumper cover so that
connector is oriented to left side of vehicle.
om
– Engage left number plate light - X4- firmly on the opposite side.
7.2 Removing and installing bulb for number
.c
plate light -X4- / -X5-
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
Note ir se
d b ran
t
o tee
th or
au ac
ke
♦ Removal and installation are described
ss for the left side. The
ce
e
nl
pt
du
basically the same.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ If an LED number plate light is faulty, the entire number plate
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
ar
h re
hole
Removing
spec
es, in part or in w
– Remove number plate light ⇒ page 193 .
t to the co
– Turn bulb holder -1- in -direction of arrow- to release it, and
m
pull it out of number plate light.
rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos

io
nf
ercia
– Perform functional check. orm

m
atio
om
n in
c
ix or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
.p
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
8 Steering column switch module

G. VolkswagennA AG do
wage e
⇒ “8.1 Assembly overview Vol - steering column switch module”,
ks s no
t gu page
195 d by ara
ise r n tee
ho
⇒ “8.2 Removingsa
ut and installing airbag coil connector and return
or
ac
ring with slip ring F138 ”, page 196
s
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “8.3 Removing and installing steering column combination
om
an
d
itte
y li
switch E595 ”, page 198
rm
ab
pe
ility
⇒ “8.4 Removing and installing turn signal switch E2 ”,
ot
wit
, is n
page 200
h re
hole
⇒ “8.5 Removing and installing cruise control system switch E45
spec
es, in part or in w
”, page 200
t to the co
.c
⇒ “8.6 Removing and installing intermittent wiper switch E22 ”,
page 201
rrectness of i
⇒ “8.7 Removing and installing ignition/starter switch D ”,
page 201
l purpos
t
⇒ “8.8 Removing and installing lock cylinder”, page 202
ke nform
ercia
⇒ “8.9 Removing and installing steering lock housing”,

m
page 204
a
com
tion in
⇒ “8.10 Removing and installing ignition key withdrawal lock sol‐
r
te o
thi
enoid N376 ”, page 206
s
iva
ar do
r
rp
c
8.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch module
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
m
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
io
ix
.p
w
w
w
8. Steering column switch module 195

Polo 2014 ➤ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
Electrical system - Edition 10.2019 yV
olks ot g
d b ua
ran
ir se tee
1 - Shear bolt utho
or
a ac
❑ For steering lock hous‐ ss
ce
e
ing
nl
pt
du
an
itte
❑ Qty. 2
y li
erm
ab
2 - Ignition key withdrawal lock
ility
ot p
solenoid - N376-
wit
, is n
h re
hole
om spec
automatic gearbox or
es, in part or in w
dual clutch gearbox
t to the co
⇒ page 206
rrectness of i
3 - Ignition key
l purpos
4 - Lock cylinder
.c
nf
ercia
⇒ page 202
orm
m
❑ With immobiliser reader
atio
m
coil - D2-
o
t n in
or c
thi
e
ke
t
sd
a
immobiliser reader coil -

iv
o
r
rp
cu
D2- ⇒ page 263
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
5 - Steering column combina‐
Co
op py
tion switch - E595- t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
p
⇒ page 198
co
ar
Prote
cted
by
AG.
Vo
lksw
agen
6 - Airbag coil connector and

return ring with slip ring - F138-
m
⇒ page 196
7 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
io
❑ 1.1 Nm
8 - Ignition/starter switch - D-
ix
9 - Steering lock housing

.p
10 - Steering column
8.2 Removing and installing airbag coil con‐

w
nector and return ring with slip ring -

F138-
w

w

lksw
agen
Aen:
G. Volkswagenwww.pixiomarket.com
AG do
es n
o ot g
yV ua
db
ris
e ran
tee Polo 2014 ➤
tho Electrical systemor - Edition 10.2019
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
om rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
Depending on vehicle equipment, the steering angle sender -
.c orm
F138- may be integrated in the airbag coil connector and return
m
atio
m
ring with slip ring - G85- .

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
Note
t o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
ke
en
ng
t.
If the steering angle sender - G85- is defective, the airbag coil
yi Co
op
connector and return ring with slip ring - F138- must be renewed.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Removing Prote
cted AG.
agen
– Remove steering wheel ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep.

gr. 48 ; Steering wheel; Removing and installing steering
ar
wheel .
– Remove lower steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments and covers; Removing
m
and installing lower steering column trim .
WARNING
io
Risk of damage to the electronic components due to electro‐

static discharge.
♦ Before disconnecting the electrical connector, the me‐
chanic must electrostatically discharge himself or herself
ix
by briefly grasping hold of door striker plate or similar.

.p
Caution
Risk of damage to the return ring.

w
♦ The airbag coil connector and return ring with slip ring -
F138- is not to be moved out of position.
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Disconnect connector -2- on airbag coil connector and return

ring with slip ring - F138- -1-.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- of airbag coil connector and return ring
with slip ring - F138- -1-.
– Remove airbag coil connector and return ring with slip ring -
F138- -1- from steering column combination switch - E595- .
Installing
om
Caution
Risk of damage to airbag coil connector and return ring with

slip ring - F138- .
.c
♦ The airbag coil connector and return ring with slip ring -
F138- is always centred when delivered as a replacement
part.
t
♦ Do not change this setting.
ke
– Check the following before installing airbag coil connector and
return ring with slip ring - F138- -1-:
• The airbag coil connector and return ring -2- must be visible
through the aperture.
ar
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “8.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch module”,
page 195
m
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
io
ol not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
8.3 Removing and installing steering col‐ aut
ho eo
ra
c
umn combination switch - E595- ss
ce
ix
e
nl
pt
du
an
Depending on vehicle equipment, the following components are

itte
y li
integrated into the steering column combination switch - E595- as

erm
ab
ility
one unit:
ot p
.p
wit
is n
♦ Turn signal switch - E2-

h re
ole,
spec
♦ Headlight dipper and flasher switch - E4-

t to the co
♦ Parking light switch - E19-

w
♦ Intermittent wiper switch - E22-

rrectne
♦ Rear window wiper switch - E34-

w
♦ Intermittent wiper regulator - E38-

ss o
cial p
♦ Cruise control system switch - E45-

inform
mer
♦ Cruise control system (CCS) SET button - E227-

w
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Note
t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
or
If one of the components is defective, the steering column com‐

f
en
ng
t.
bination switch - E595- must be renewed as a complete unit.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
Removing
– Remove airbag coil connector and return ring with slip ring -
F138- ⇒ page 196 .
– Disconnect left connector -2- from steering column combina‐
tion switch - E595- -1-.
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
.c
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Disconnect right connector -2- from steering column combi‐
h re
nation switch - E595- -1-.
hole
t
spec
es, in part or in w
ke
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
ar
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
– Push upper retaining tabs -2- on steering column combination
thi
te
sd
a
switch - E595- -1- in -direction of arrow-.

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
– Pull steering column combination switch - E595- -1- at top
f
en
ng
t.
io
slightly off steering column.

yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ix
.p
– Push lower retaining tabs -2- on steering column combination

switch - E595- -1- in -direction of arrow-.
w
– Remove steering column combination switch - E595- -1- from

steering column.
Installing
w

– Install steering column combination switch - E595- , and en‐
gage it firmly at top and bottom.
w

Polo 2014 ➤
8.4 Removing and installing turn signal

switch - E2-
one unit:
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Intermittent wiper regulator - E38- agen oes
.c
olksw not
yV gu
♦ Cruise control system switch - E45- rised b ara
nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
t ce
le
un
pt
an
d
ke
Note
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Procedure
ar
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Removing and installing steering column combination switch
- E595- ⇒ page 198 .
rrectness of i
8.5 Removing and installing cruise control
m
l purpos
system switch - E45-

nform
ercia

io
m
one unit:
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
ix rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Intermittent wiper switch - E22- C py
ht. rig
rig ht
.p
by
♦ Rear window wiper switch - E34- copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
♦ Cruise control system switch - E45-

w
Note
w

w
Procedure
- E595- ⇒ page 198 .

Polo 2014 ➤
8.6 Removing and installing intermittent

wiper switch - E22-
one unit:
om
.c
♦ Cruise control system switch - E45- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
♦ Cruise control system (CCS) SET button d by- E227-
V gu
ara
ise nte
t
or eo
h
aut ra
ke
s c
Note s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Procedure
ar
h re
ole,
spec
- E595- ⇒ page 198 .
t to the co
8.7 Removing and installing ignition/starter
m
switch - D-
rrectne
ss o
♦ 2 jeweller screwdrivers, 2 mm in diameter
io
cial p
f inform
Removing
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
⇒ page 15 .
ix or
n thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr

um
r
fo
en
ng

t.
.p
yi Co
op py
– Turn ignition key to “Ignition ON” position.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
WARNING Prote AG.
w

static discharge.
w

w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Disconnect connector -2- on ignition/starter switch - D- -1-.

– Remove sticker from ignition/starter switch - D- -1-.
om
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
– Insert 2 jeweller screwdrivers (2 mm in diameter) as far as stop
ss
ce
le
in holes -arrows-, and release ignition/starter switch - D- -1-.

un
.c
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Pull ignition/starter switch - D- -1- out of steering lock housing.
rm
ab
pe
ility
• The jeweller's screwdrivers must remain inserted while doing
ot
wit
so.
, is n
t
h re
hole
Installing
spec
ke
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
Risk of damage to the ignition/starter switch - D- .
ar
l purpos
♦ When delivered as a replacement part, the ignition/starter

nform
ercia
switch - D- is set to “On” position.

m
♦ Never set the ignition/starter switch - D- to another position

a
m
com
tio
than the “On” position.

n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
– Make sure that ignition/starter switch - D- is set to “On” posi‐

rp
cum
fo
io
tion, and insert it in steering lock housing until it engages

en
ng
t.
yi
audibly.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
ix
cted agen
Prote AG.
8.8 Removing and installing lock cylinder
.p
♦ Locking pin - T40011- or suitable welding wire

w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
Note
♦ The immobiliser reader coil - D2- is integrated into the lock

cylinder and cannot be renewed individually.
♦ If it is defective, the complete lock cylinder must be renewed.
om
Removing
WARNING
.c
static discharge.
t
ke
– Disconnect connector -arrow- from immobiliser reader coil -
D2- .
ar
Note
♦ To remove the lock cylinder, it might be necessary to fold aside

the ignition key.
m
♦ For reasons of clarity, the ignition lock is illustrated in the cor‐
rect position without the ignition key. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
io
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
s c
– Turn ignition key to “Ignition ON” position. This will align the s
ce
e
recess in trim -arrow- with hole in ignition lock.

nl
pt
du
an
ix itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
.p hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
w
rrectness of i
l purpos
w
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
w
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
– Fold aside ignition key as far as possible.

– Insert locking pin - T40011- or suitable welding wire as far as
stop in hole -2-, and release lock cylinder -1-.
– Pull lock cylinder -1- together with immobiliser reader coil - D2-
out of steering lock housing.
WARNING
om
Risk of seized steering lock.
♦ The steering lock must not be actuated without lock cylin‐
der.
lkswage es n
o ot g
.c
byV ua
d ran
ir se
Note tho tee
or
au ac
ss
A seized steering lock must be renewed.
ce
le
un
t pt
an
d
itte
y li
ke
Installing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Note
t to the co
ar
A new lock cylinder can be ordered from the responsible distri‐
bution centre or the importer. When ordering, the vehicle-specific
rrectne
locking number according to the VIN must be provided.
m
s
– Insert ignition key into lock cylinder and turn it to position “Ig‐
s o
nition On”.
cial p
f inform
mer
– Insert locking pin - T40011- or suitable welding wire as far as
atio
m
io
stop into hole -2- again.

o
n
c
i
or
– Insert lock cylinder -1- together with immobiliser reader coil - n thi
te
sd
a
D2- in steering lock housing -3-.

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
ix
– Pull locking pin - T40011- or suitable welding wire out of hole

en
ng
t.
yi
-2-.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Press in lock cylinder tightly until locking mechanism can be
ht
pyri by
Vo
heard to engage.
o
.p
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Connect connector to immobiliser reader coil - D2- .
w
8.9 Removing and installing steering lock

housing
w
Removing
– Remove steering column combination switch - E595-
⇒ page 198 .
w

Polo 2014 ➤
WARNING

static discharge.
om
– Disconnect connector -2- on ignition/starter switch - D- -1-.
t .c
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
ke
oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
– Disconnect connector -arrow- from immobiliser
ss reader coil - c
D2- .
ce
le
un
pt
ar
an
d
itte
Vehicles with dual clutch gearbox
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
io
rrectnes
– Disconnect connector -2- from ignition key withdrawal lock
s o
solenoid - N376- -1-.
cial p
f
ix
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
WARNING
or
n
.p
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Danger of eye injury from drilling swarf.

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
♦ When drilling out, swarf may fly off and cause eye injury.
t.
yi Co
op
w
C py
t. rig
♦ Wear eye protection. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
Caution
Risk of damage to adjacent components.

w
♦ The drilling operation can cause swarf to penetrate the

adjacent components resulting in damage and/or mal‐
function!
♦ Thoroughly remove any swarf.

Polo 2014 ➤
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Drill out shear heads -arrows- using anVangle
olks
wa drill and an not
8.5 mm drill bit. ed
by gu
ara
is nte
or
– Remove steering lock housingaufrom
th steering column. eo
ra
ss c
The following components must be removed to renew the steering
ce
le
un
pt
lock housing:
an
d
itte
y li
♦ Ignition/starter switch - D- ⇒ page 201
erm
ab
ility
ot p
om
♦ Lock cylinder ⇒ page 202
wit
is n
h re
ole,
♦ Ignition key withdrawal lock solenoid - N376- (vehicles with
spec
dual clutch gearbox) ⇒ page 206
t to the co
Installing
rrectne
.c
– Tighten new bolts -arrows- until shear heads break off.
ss o
cial p
f inform
t
mer
atio
ke
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
gh
t. Cop
ar Co
py
rig
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
8.10 Removing and installing ignition key
m
withdrawal lock solenoid - N376-
Removing
io

ix
WARNING

static discharge.
.p

w
– Disconnect connector -2- from ignition key withdrawal lock

solenoid - N376- -1-.
w
– Push retaining tab in -direction of arrow A-, and pull ignition

key withdrawal lock solenoid - N376- -1- in
-direction of arrow B- off steering lock housing -3-.
Installing
w


Polo 2014 ➤
9 Parking aid
⇒ “9.1 Assembly overview – parking aid”, page 207
⇒ “9.2 Removing and installing parking aid control unit J446 ”,
page 208 olkswage es n
o V t gu
by ara
⇒ “9.3 Removing and installing front
ris parking aid warning buzzer
ed nte
H22 ”, page 209
om
tho eo
u a ra
ss c
⇒ “9.4 Removing and installing rear parking aid warning buzzer
ce
e
nl
H15 ”, page 209
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “9.5 Removing and installing front parking aid senders”,
erm
ab
page 210
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ “9.6 Removing and installing rear parking aid senders”,
h re
.c
page 211
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
9.1 Assembly overview – parking aid
t to the co
⇒ “9.1.1 Assembly overview - front parking aid system”,
t
page 207
rrectness of i
ke
⇒ “9.1.2 Assembly overview - rear parking aid system”,
l purpos
page 208
9.1.1 Assembly overview - front parking aid system
nform
mercia
at
ar
om
io
1 - Front parking aid warning
n
c
in t
or
buzzer - H22-
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
⇒ page 209
for
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
2 - Front left parking aid sender Cop py
- G255-
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
⇒ page 210
agen
io
Prote AG.
3 - Front inner left parking aid

sender - G254-
ix
⇒ page 210
4 - Front centre right parking
aid sender - G253-
.p

⇒ page 210
5 - Front right parking aid send‐
er - G252-
w

w
w
9. Parking aid 207

Polo 2014 ➤
⇒ page 210
9.1.2 Assembly overview - rear parking aid system
1 - Rear parking aid warning

buzzer - H15-
om
⇒ page 209
2 - Parking aid control unit -
J446-
⇒ page 208
.c
3 - Rear right parking aid send‐
er - G206-
⇒ page 211
t
ke
4 - Rear centre left parking aid
sender - G205-
⇒ page 211
5 - Rear centre parking aid
sender - G204-
ar
AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ page 211 ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
y gu
6 - Rear left parking aid sender ise
d b ara
nte
m
- G203- uthor eo
a ra
❑ Removing and installing ss c
⇒ page 211
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
io
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ix
es, in part or in w
t to the co
.p
rrectness of i
l purpos
9.2 Removing and installing parking aid

w

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
Removing
om
n in
c

or
w
thi
te
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
– Remove luggage compartment side trim (right-side) ⇒ Gen‐

en
ng
t.
yi
w
eral body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment

Co
Cop py
trims; Removing and installing luggage compartment side
t. rig
gh ht
yri
trim .
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Vehicles with towing bracket
Prote AG.
– Remove trailer detector control unit - J345- ⇒ page 215 .

Polo 2014 ➤

– Remove bracket -1- together with parking aid control unit -
J446- -2-.
Note
♦ The mounting points of bracket -1- on the body will be dam‐
om
aged when removing.
♦ Renew bracket -1-.
.c
– Disconnect connectors -2- and -3- from parking aid control unit
- J446- -1-. AG. Volkswagen A gen G do
swa es
– Press catches -arrows-by
Vol together, and remove parking
k not
guaid con‐
trol unit - J446-ris-1-
ed from bracket.
ara
t
nte
tho eo
Installing au ra
ke
ss c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Engage parking aid control unit - J446- firmly in new bracket.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Vehicles with towing bracket
wit
is n
– Install trailer detector control unit - J345- ⇒ page 215 .

ar
h re
ole,
spec
Continued for all vehicles t to the co

m
9.3 Removing and installing front parking
rrectne
aid warning buzzer - H22-

ss
io
o
Removing
cial p
f inform

mer
atio
m

o
n
c
ix
i
or
n thi
– Pull front parking aid warning buzzer - H22- -1- in

te
sd
a
-direction of arrow- out of mounting on relay and fuse carrier

iv
o
pr
1 - SR1- .
um
r
fo
en
ng
.p
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Remove front parking aid warning buzzer - H22- -1-.
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Installing
cted agen
Prote AG.
w

w
9.4 Removing and installing rear parking aid

w
warning buzzer - H15-

Removing
9. Parking aid 209

Polo 2014 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 10.2019 . Volkswage
AG n AG d
agen oes
olksw no
– Remove lower right C-pillard btrim
y V ⇒ General body repairs, in‐ t gua
ran
terior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Trims,oris interior; Removing and installing C-
e
tee
pillar trim . aut
h or
ac
ss
– Pull out pin of spreader clips -arrows-, and lever off spreader
ce
le
un
pt
clips.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
– Remove rear parking aid warning buzzer - H15- .
wit
om
, is n
h re
Installing
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
.c
l purpos
9.5 Removing and installing front parking
nform
ercia
aid senders
t
m
a
com
tio
ke n in
r
te o
thi
Note
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
♦ The removal and installation is only described for one sender.
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Removal and installation for the other senders are analogous.
op py
opyri
gh
t. C
ar by
Vo
rig
ht
Removing
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
m
cover .
io
– Press both retaining tabs in -direction of arrow A- while at the

same time pressing sender -1- from outside towards inside.
ix
Installing
.p
– Check isolation ring (black silicon ring) on sender for damage,

and renew it if necessary.
Note
w
♦ Stretching the isolation ring must be avoided under all circum‐

stances.
w
♦ When inserting the sender in the sender retainer, make sure

that the isolation ring is seated correctly on the sender head.
♦ The locking lugs of the sender retainer must audibly engage
w
when installing the sender.

Polo 2014 ➤
– After installing, make sure that the sender is properly seated

in the sender retainer.
Volkswagen AG
• Visible on the outer side of the bumper cover, dimension agen -a-
AG. does
ksw
of the ring gap between the sender head and the by
bumper
Vol cover not
gu
ara
must be even all around. ris
ed nte
tho eo
– Perform functional check. ss au ra
c
ce
le
un
om pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
9.6 Removing and installing rear parking aid
t to the co
.c
senders
rrectne
Note
t
ss
ke
♦ The removal and installation is only described for one sender.
o
cial p
f inform
♦ Removal and installation for the other senders are analogous.
mer
atio
om
Removing
n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
ar
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove rear bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Cop py
Rep. gr. 63 ; Rear bumper; Removing and installing bumper
t. rig
gh ht
m
yri
cover .
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Press both retaining tabs in -direction of arrow A- while at the
Prote AG.
same time pressing sender -1- from outside towards inside.

io
Installing
ix
– Check isolation ring (black silicon ring) on sender for damage,

and renew it if necessary.
.p
Note
♦ Stretching the isolation ring must be avoided under all circum‐

stances.
w
♦ When inserting the sender in the sender retainer, make sure

that the isolation ring is seated correctly on the sender head.
♦ The locking lugs of the sender retainer must audibly engage
w
when installing the sender.

w
9. Parking aid 211

Polo 2014 ➤
– After installing, make sure that the sender is properly seated

in the sender retainer.
• Visible on the outer side of the bumper cover, dimension -a-
of the ring gap between the sender head and the bumper cover
must be even all around.
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
.c
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
t
spec
es, in part or in w
ke t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
ar nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
m
or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
io
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ix
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
10 Automatic headlight range control

⇒ “10.1 Assembly overview - automatic headlight range control”,
page 213
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
⇒ “10.2 Removing and installing headlight range control unitolJ431
ksw
ag does
not
”, page 213 ed
byV gu
ara
is nte
or
10.1 Assembly overview - automatic headlight range control
om
h eo
ut ra
sa s c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
1 - Fastener
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ Qty. 2
ility
ot p
wit
2 - Headlight range control unit , is n
h re
- J431-
.c
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ page 213
t to the co
t
rrectness of i
4 - Rear left vehicle level send‐
ke
er - G76-
l purpos
❑ Fitting location: on rear

left suspension link ⇒
nform
ercia
Running gear, axles,

steering; Rep. gr. 43 ;
m
at
Vehicle level sender;
ar
om
io
Assembly overview -
n
c
in t
or
rear vehicle level sender
his
ate
do
riv
5 - Left headlight range control

p
cum
or
motor - V48-
f
en
g
m n
t.
yi Co
❑ Fitting location: in left Cop py
headlight ht. rig
rig ht
⇒ “1.1 Assembly over‐
py by
co Vo
by lksw
view - headlight”, Prote
cted agen
io
AG.
page 118
⇒ page 144
6 - Right headlight range con‐
ix
trol motor - V49-

❑ Fitting location: in right
headlight
.p
⇒ “1.1 Assembly over‐

view - headlight”,
page 118
⇒ page 144
w

w

w
Note
If the headlight range control unit - J431- is renewed, start the

Removing
10. Automatic headlight range control 213

Polo 2014 ➤

– Remove glove compartment ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing and installing
glove compartment .
♦ Swing locking bar -2- in -direction of arrow- to release the con‐
nector, and pull off connector.
om
.c
– Push together locking elements -arrows-, and remove head‐
t
. Volkswagen AG
light range control unit - J431- -1- from sbracket
wage
n AG-2-. does
ke
k not
Vol gu
Installing ed by ara
nte
ris
Install in the reverse order utho
of removal, observing the following:
eo
ra
a c
ss
– Engage headlight range control unit - J431- firmly in bracket.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
ar
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
m
es, in part or in w
– Fit electrical connector -1-. t to the co
♦ Swing locking bar -2- in -direction of arrow- to lock the con‐

rrectness of i
io
nector.
l purpos

nform
ercia
ix
⇒ page 127 .
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
.p
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
w
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
11 Towing bracket
⇒ “11.1 Assembly overview - towing bracket socket”, page 215
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
⇒ “11.2 Removing and installing trailer detector control
ksw unit J345
ag does
not
Vol
”, page 215 ed
by gu
ara
ris nte
tho
11.1 Assembly overview - towing bracket socket
eo
au ra
om
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
1 - Trailer detector control unit
itte
y li
- J345- erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
⇒ page 215
h re
ole,
2 - Bracket
spec
.c
❑ For trailer detector con‐
t to the co
trol unit - J345- and
parking aid control unit -
J446-
rrectne
t
3 - Bolt
ke
s
❑ Permanently attached
s o
cial p
to trailer socket - U10-
f inform
❑ Qty. 3
mer
atio
❑ 3 Nm
om
n
ar
c
i
or
n
4 - Trailer socket - U10-
thi
te
sd
a
❑ The exact pin assign‐

iv
o
pr
c
ment should be gleaned
um
r
fo
en
ng
from the latest current yi

t.
Co
flow diagram ⇒ Current
m
Cop py
t.
flow diagrams, Electri‐
rig
gh ht
yri by
cal fault finding and Fit‐ cop Vo
by lksw
ting locations. cted agen
Prote AG.
5 - Sealing grommet
io
6 - Towing bracket
ix
.p
w
11.2 Removing and installing trailer detector

w
Note
w
If the trailer detector control unit - J345- is renewed, start the re‐
Removing
11. Towing bracket 215

Polo 2014 ➤
– Remove luggage compartment side trim (right-side) ⇒ Gen‐

eral body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment
trims; Removing and installing luggage compartment side
trim .
– Push retaining tab -3- on bracket -1- in -direction of arrow-, and
pull trailer detector control unit - J345- -2- out of bracket.
om
.c
– Disconnect connectors -2- and -3- from trailer detector control
unit - J345- -1-.
t
ke
Note
n AG. Volkswagen AG
The number of connectors on theolkstrailer detector control unit
wage does -
not
J345- may vary dependingeon
d by vehicle equipment.
V gu
ara
ut
ho
ris
ar nte
eo
– Disconnect connector
ss
a -4- from trailer detector control unit - ra
c
J345- -1-:
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
m
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Press locking detent -1- to release connector.

ot
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
nector.
io
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installing
rrectness of i
ix
– Engage trailer detector control unit - J345- firmly in bracket.

l purpos

nform
ercia
.p
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
w
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
w
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w

Polo 2014 ➤
96 – Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

1 Lights
⇒ “1.1 Overview of fitting locations - lights in dash panel”,
page 217
om
⇒ “1.2 Overview of fitting locations - lights in front doors”,
page 219
⇒ “1.3 Overview of fitting locations - lights in centre console”, page
220
⇒ “1.4 Overview of fitting locations - lights in luggage compart‐
ment”, page 221
.c
⇒ “1.5 Overview of fitting locations - lights in roof trim”,AG. Volkswagen
page 222 lksw
agen AG do
es n
o ot g
yV ua
⇒ “1.6 Removing and installing footwellrislight
ed
b
W9 / W10 ”, ran
t
tee
page 222 utho
or
sa ac
ke
⇒ “1.7 Removing and installing footwell
s
light bulb W9 / W10 ”,
ce
e
nl
page 223
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “1.8 Removing and installing Central locking SAFELOCK func‐
erm
ab
tion warning lamp K133 ”, page 224
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ “1.9 Removing and installing selector lever position display Y6

ar
h re
”, page 225
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “1.10 Removing and installing right luggage compartment light
t to the co
W35 ”, page 225
m
⇒ “1.11 Removing and installing bulb for right luggage compart‐
rrectness of i
ment light W35 ”, page 226
l purpos
⇒ “1.12 Removing and installing illuminated vanity mirror W20 /

W14 ”, page 227
io
nf
ercia
⇒ “1.13 Removing and installing bulb for illuminated vanity mirror

W20 / W14 ”, page 228 orm
m
atio
m
⇒ “1.14 Removing and installing front interior light WX1 ”,

o
n in
c
ix or
page 229
thi
te
sd
iva
⇒ “1.15 Removing and installing bulb for front interior light W13 /
o
r
rp
cu
W15 / W19 ”, page 232

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
.p
yi Co
⇒ “1.16 Removing and installing rear interior light WX2 ”, Cop py
page 235
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
⇒ “1.17 Removing and installing bulb for rear centre reading light
by c lksw
cted agen
W44 ”, page 236
Prote AG.
w
1.1 Overview of fitting locations - lights in dash panel

w
w
1. Lights 217
Polo 2014 ➤
1 - Warning lamp for airbag de‐

activated on front passenger
side - K145-
⇒ page 248
2 - Right footwell light - W10-
om
⇒ page 222
bulb for right footwell
light - W10-
⇒ page 223
3 - Left footwell light - W9-
.c
⇒ page 222
bulb for left footwell light
- W9- ⇒ page 223
t
ke
ar
AG. Volkswagen AG d
m
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
io
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
ix
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
.p
rrectne
w
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
w
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
w
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
218 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

Polo 2014 ➤
1.2 Overview of fitting locations - lights in front doors
1 - Driver door
2 - Central locking SAFELOCK
function warning lamp - K133-
om
⇒ page 224
3 - Front passenger door
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
.c
ol not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
t
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
ke
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
ar t to the co
rrectness of i
m
l purpos
nform
mercia
io
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
ix
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
.p
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w
1. Lights 219
Polo 2014 ➤
1.3 Overview of fitting locations - lights in centre console
1 - Selector lever position dis‐

play - Y6-
⇒ page 225
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
.c
Vo gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
t
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
ke
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
ar
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
io
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
ix f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
.p
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
1.4 Overview of fitting locations - lights in luggage compartment
1 - Right luggage compartment

light - W35-
⇒ page 225
om
bulb for right luggage
compartment light -
W35- ⇒ page 226
t .c
ke
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
horise
ar nte
eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
m
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
io
t to the co
rrectne
ix
ss o
cial p
f
.p
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
w t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
w
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
1. Lights 221
Polo 2014 ➤
1.5 Overview of fitting locations - lights in roof trim
1 - Driver side illuminated van‐

ity mirror - W20-
⇒ page 227
om
bulb for driver side illu‐
minated vanity mirror - agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
W20- ⇒ page 228 olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
2 - Rear interior light - WX2- horis nte
eo
ut ra
❑ Removing and installing ss a c
⇒ page 235
ce
e
nl
pt
.c
du
an
itte
y li
bulb for rear centre
erm
ab
reading light - W44-
ility
ot p
⇒ page 236
wit
, is n
t
h re
3 - Front passenger side illu‐
hole
spec
ke
minated vanity mirror - W14-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ page 227
rrectness of i
bulb for front passenger
side illuminated vanity
ar
l purpos
mirror - W14-
⇒ page 228
nform
ercia
4 - Front interior light - WX1-

m
at
m
om
ion
⇒ page 229
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
riv
bulb for front interior

p
cum
or
light -W13- / -W15- / -

io f
en
g
W19- ⇒ page 232

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
ix
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.6 Removing and installing footwell light -

.p
W9- / -W10-
w

w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
Note
♦ Removal and installation are described for the right side. Re‐
moval and installation on the left side are analogous.
♦ If the right footwell light - W10- with LED is defective, the entire
om
Removing
Caution
.c
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Using removal dwedge - 3409- or a flat screwdriver, gpress lock‐
t
Vo
by ua
ing lug, andolever
ris
e off right footwell light - W10- . ran
ke
tee
th or
s au ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
ar wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
m
rrectne
– Remove right footwell light - W10- .

io
ss
Installing
o
cial p
f inform

mer
atio
ix
– Insert right footwell light - W10- in opening, and engage it firmly

om
on opposite side.
c
i
or
n thi
te

sd
iva
o
pr
c
.p
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
1.7 Removing and installing footwell light
cop Vo
w
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
bulb -W9- / -W10-
AG.
w
Note
♦ Removal and installation are described for the right side. Re‐
moval and installation on the left side are analogous.
w
♦ If the right footwell light - W10- with LED is defective, the entire
Removing
– Remove right footwell light - W10- ⇒ page 222 .
1. Lights 223
Polo 2014 ➤
– If fitted, lever off heat shield -2- on both sides at -arrows A-.
– Remove heat shield -2- from right footwell light - W10- -1-.
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
– Pull bulb -1- at rear of right footwell light - W10- out of bulb
ce
le
un
pt
holder -2-.
.c an
d
itte
y li
Installing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
t h re
ole,
spec
Caution
ke
t to the co
rrectne
ar
s
s o
cial p
f i
nform
mer
atio
m
m
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
1.8 Removing and installing Central locking

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
SAFELOCK function warning lamp -

io
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
K133-
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
ix
agen
Prote AG.
Note
The removal and installation procedure is described for left-hand

drive vehicles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive ve‐
.p
hicles is similar.
Removing
w
– Remove front left door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;

Rep. gr. 70 ; Front door trims; Removing and installing front
door trim .
– Unclip central locking deadlock function warning lamp -SAFE-
w
- K133- -1- by pressing locking lugs together -arrows- and

remove from door trim panel.
w

AG. Volkswagen AG d Polo 2014 ➤
agen Electrical system
oes - Edition 10.2019
olksw not
yV gu
db ara
ise nte
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-. hor eo
aut ra
c
– Remove central locking SAFELOCK function
ss
warning lamp -
ce
e
K133- -2-.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Installing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
om spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
1.9 Removing and installing selector lever
l purpos
.c
position display - Y6-
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
Note
t
o
n in
or c
thi
ke
e
♦ The selector lever position display - Y6- is integrated into the

t
sd
iva
selector lever gaiter and cannot be removed individually.
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
♦ If it is defective, the selector lever gaiter must be renewed.
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Procedure rig ht
by
ar by copy Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Removing selector level gaiter ⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ; Selector mech‐
m
anism; Removing and installing selector lever handle .
1.10 Removing and installing right luggage

compartment light - W35-
io

ix
.p
w
w
Removing
Caution
w

1. Lights 225
Polo 2014 ➤
– Using removal wedge - 3409- or a flat screwdriver, press lock‐

ing lug, and lever off right luggage compartment light - W35- .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
om ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
.c
– Remove right luggage compartment light - W35- .
t to the co
Installing
rrectness of i
t
l purpos
– Insert right luggage compartment light - W35- in opening, and
ke
engage it firmly on opposite side.
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
ar
thi
s
iva
do
1.11 Removing and installing bulb for right
r
rp
cum
fo
luggage compartment light - W35-
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
m
.
Removing
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Remove right luggage compartment light - W35-
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
⇒ page 225 .
AG.
– If fitted, lever off heat shield -2- on both sides at -arrows A-.
io
– Remove heat shield -2- from right luggage compartment light

- W35- -1-.
ix
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Pull bulb -1- at rear of right luggage compartment light - W35-

out of bulb holder -2-.
Installing
Caution
om
.c
t
1.12 Removing and installing illuminated
ke
vanity mirror -W20- / -W14-
ar
m
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
o eo
io
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ix
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
.p

es, in part or in w
basically the same.

t to the co
♦ If the right vanity mirror light with LED is defective, the entire
rrectness of i
w
l purpos
Removing
– Swing sun visor towards front.
w
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
Caution
om
n in
or c
w
thi

te
sd
iva
o
r

rp
cu
o

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Lights 227
Polo 2014 ➤
– Using removal wedge - 3409- or a flat screwdriver, press lock‐

ing lug, and lever off driver side illuminated vanity mirror -
W20- .
om
.c
– Remove driver side illuminated vanity mirror - W20- .
Installing
t
– Insert driver side illuminated vanity mirror - W20- in opening,
ke
and engage it on opposite side.
ar
1.13 Removing and installing bulb for illumi‐
nated vanity mirror -W20- / -W14-
m
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Note agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
♦ Removal and installation are described for the left thside.
or The eo
io
au ra
s c
basically the same.
s
ce
le
un
♦ If the right vanity mirror light with LED is defective, the entire pt
an
d
itte
light must be renewed. y li

rm
ab
ix pe
ility
ot
wit
Removing
, is n
h re
hole
– Remove driver side illuminated vanity mirror - W20-

spec
.p
⇒ page 227 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
w
l purpos
nform
ercia
w
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
w
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
– Push contact plate -1- of festoon bulb -2- in

– Remove festoon bulb -2- from bulb holder.
Installing
om
Caution

.c
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
t
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
ke
au ac
ss
1.14 Removing and installing front interior
ce
le
un
pt
light - WX1-
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
⇒ “1.14.1 Removing and installing front interior light WX1 , vehi‐
pe
ility
cles without panorama sliding sunroof”, page 229
ot
wit
ar
, is n
h re
⇒ “1.14.2 Removing and installing front interior light WX1 , vehi‐
hole
spec
cles without panorama sliding sunroof”, page 230
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.14.1 Removing and installing front interior
m
light - WX1- , vehicles without panorama
rrectness of i
sliding sunroof
l purpos

io
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
ix te o
r
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
.p
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
w
Prote AG.

w
integrated into the front interior light - WX1- :

♦ Interior light with switch-off delay - W15-
♦ Driver side reading light - W19-
w
♦ Front passenger reading light - W13-

♦ Telephone microphone - R38-
Removing
– Remove anti-theft alarm sensor - G578- ⇒ page 260 .
1. Lights 229
Polo 2014 ➤
Caution

om
– Using removal wedge - 3409- , carefully lever off lens -1-
-arrows-.
t .c
ke
– Unclip front interior light - WX1- -1- at locking lugs -arrows-
from roof trim. ar
m
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
io
h
aut ra
– Disconnect connector -2- from front interior light - WX1- -3-. ss c
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li
erm
ix
– Disconnect connector -1- from telephone microphone - R38- .

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Remove front interior light - WX1- -3-.

spec
.p urposes, in part or in wh
Installing
t to the co

rrectne
w
ss
1.14.2 Removing and installing front interior

o
cial p
f
w
in
light - WX1- , vehicles without panorama

form
mer
sliding sunroof
atio
om
n
c
i
or

w
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
ksw
agen oes
not
Polo 2014 ➤
ol
d byV Electrical
gu
ara system - Edition 10.2019
ise nte
or e
th
♦ Removal wedge - 3409-au
or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
om
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
.c
integrated into the front interior light - WX1- :
nform
ercia
♦ Interior light with switch-off delay - W15-

m
at
om
i
♦ Driver side reading light - W19-
on
c
t in t
or
♦ Front passenger reading light - W13-
his
ate
ke do
riv
♦ Telephone microphone - R38-

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
♦ Sunroof button - E325-
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Removing rig ht
py by
co Vo
– Remove anti-theft alarm sensor - G578- ⇒ page 260 . Prote
cted
by
ar AG.
lksw
agen

-arrows-.
m
io
ix
– Unclip front interior light - WX1- -1- at locking lugs -arrows-

from roof trim.
.p
w
w
w
1. Lights 231
Polo 2014 ➤
– Disconnect connector -2- from front interior light - WX1- .

– Disconnect connector -1- from sunroof button - E325- .
– Disconnect connector from telephone microphone - R38- .
om
– Remove front interior light - WX1- .
Installing
1.15 Removing and installing bulb sfor agefront
.c
k w es n
interior light -W13- / -W15- y V/ -W19-
ol ot g
b ua
ed ra
is nte
or
⇒ “1.15.1 Removing and installing bulbafor
ut interior light with
h eo
ra
switch-off delay W15 , vehicles without
ss panorama sliding sun‐
t
c
roof”, page 232
ce
le
un
ke
pt
an
d
itte
⇒ “1.15.2 Removing and installing bulb for interior light with
y li
rm
ab
switch-off delay W15 , vehicles with panorama sliding sunroof”,
pe
ility
page 233
ot
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “1.15.3 Removing and installing reading light bulb W13 / W19 ,
hole
vehicles without panorama sliding sunroof”, page 234
spec
ar
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “1.15.4 Removing and installing reading light bulb W13 / W19 ,
vehicles with panorama sliding sunroof”, page 235
1.15.1 Removing and installing bulb for interior
rrectness of i
m
light with switch-off delay - W15- , vehi‐
l purpos
cles without panorama sliding sunroof
nform
ercia

io
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
ix
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
.p
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
Removing
w
Caution
w


Polo 2014 ➤

-arrows-.
om
– Press contact plate of festoon bulb -1-.
.c
olkswagen AG
– Remove festoon bulb -1- from bulb holder.
swa
gen AG
.V
does
k not
Vol gu
nte
ris
ho eo
Install in the reverse order of aremoval,
ut observing the following: ra
t
ss c
ce
le
ke
un
pt
Caution
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,

ar
spec
t to the co
rrectne
m
ss o
cial p
f
1.15.2 Removing and installing bulb for interior inform
io
mer
light with switch-off delay - W15- , vehi‐

atio
m
cles with panorama sliding sunroof

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
Removing
sd
ix iva
o
pr
cum
r
– Remove front interior light - WX1- ⇒ page 229 .

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Turn bulb holder -2- in -direction of arrow- to release it, and Cop py
.p
then pull it out of front interior light - WX1- .

t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w
1. Lights 233
Polo 2014 ➤
– Pull bulb -1- in -direction of arrow- out of bulb holder -2-.

Installing
Caution
om
.c
swage es n
1.15.3 Removing and installing reading light olk ot g
t
byV ua
d ran
ir se
bulb -W13- / -W19- , vehicles without tee
ke
tho
u or
panorama sliding sunroof
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Removing
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Turn bulb holder -arrows- anti-clockwise by 90° to release it,

ar
wit
is n
h re
and pull it out of front interior light - WX1- .
ole,
spec
t to the co
m
rrectne
io
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
ix
o
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
va
Installing
i
o
pr
c
.p
um
r
fo
en

ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Caution pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
w
cted agen
Prote AG.
w

w

Polo 2014 ➤
1.15.4 Removing and installing reading light

bulb -W13- / -W19- , vehicles with pan‐
orama sliding sunroof
Removing
om
– Turn bulb holder -1- in -direction of arrow- to release it, and
then pull it out of front interior light - WX1- .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
.c
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
t
rm
ab
pe
ility
ke
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Installing
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ar
Caution
rrectness of i
l purpos

m
nform
ercia

m
a
com
t
ion in
r
io te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
ix
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
1.16 Removing and installing rear interior pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
light - WX2-
cted agen
Prote AG.
.p

w
w
w
1. Lights 235
Polo 2014 ➤
Removing
Caution

om
– Using removal wedge - 3409- or a flat screwdriver, carefully
lever off both lenses.
.c
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
t
oes
olksw not
V gu
by
ke
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
– Unclip rear interior light - WX2- at locking lugs -arrows- from

nl
pt
du
an
roof trim.
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Disconnect connector, and remove rear interior light - WX2- .
ar
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Installing
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w
m
t to the co

rrectness of i
io
l purpos
1.17 Removing and installing bulb for rear

nform
ercia
centre reading light - W44-

ix
m
at
om
ion
c

in t
or
his
ate

do
riv
.p
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
w
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
Note
cally the same.

Polo 2014 ➤
Removing
Caution

om
– Using removal wedge - 3409- or a flat screwdriver, carefully
lever off lens.
t .c
ke
– Push contact plate of festoon bulb in -direction of arrow-.
– Remove festoon bulb -2- from bulb holder. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ar Volksw not
gu
nte
ris
o eo
aut
h
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
m
pt
Caution
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
io
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ix
rrectness of i
l purpos
.p
nform
mercia
a
com
tio
w
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
w
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
w
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Lights 237
Polo 2014 ➤
om
t .c
ke
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
orised
ar ara
nte
eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
io
spec
t to the co
ix
rrectness o
cial p
.p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
w
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
w
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w

Polo 2014 ➤
2 Controls
⇒ “2.1 Overview of fitting locations - controls in dash panel”, page
240
⇒ “2.2 Overview of fitting locations - controls in front doors”, page
241
⇒ “2.3 Overview of fitting locations - controls in rear doors”, page
om
242
⇒ “2.4 Overview of fitting locations - controls in luggage compart‐
ment”, page 243
⇒ “2.5 Overview of fitting locations - controls in roof trim”,
page 244
⇒ “2.6 Removing and installing rotary light switch EX1 ”,
.c
page 244
⇒ “2.7 Removing and installing regulator for switch and instrument
illumination E20 ”, page 245
t
⇒ “2.8 Removing and installing headlight range control regulator
E102 ”, page 246
ke
⇒ “2.9 Removing and installing heated seat regulator E94 / E95
”, page 246
⇒ “2.10 Removing and installing TCS and ESP button E256 ”,
page 247
ar
⇒ “2.11 Removing and installing Start/Stop operation button E693
”, page 247
⇒ “2.12 Heated rear window button E230 ”, page 247
m
⇒ “2.13 Removing and installing hazard warning light button E229
”, page 248 en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ol de‐ ksw not
⇒ “2.14 Removing and installing front passenger side airbag
yV gu
db ara
activated warning lamp K145 ”, page 248 ris
e nte
io
ho eo
ut
⇒ “2.15 Removing and installing parking aid button
ss
a E266 ”, page ra
c
248
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “2.16 Removing and installing driving mode selection button an

itte
y li
ix
E735 ”, page 249

erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “2.17 Removing and installing buttons in dash panel”, wit

, is n
page 249
h re
hole
.p
spec
⇒ “2.18 Removing and installing operating unit for window regu‐

es, in part or in w
lator in driver door E512 ”, page 251

t to the co
⇒ “2.19 Removing and installing window regulator switch in front

passenger door E107 ”, page 252
w
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.20 Removing and installing mirror adjustment switch E43 ”,

l purpos
page 252
w
⇒ “2.21 Removing and installing driver side interior locking button

nform
ercia
for central locking system E308 ”, page 253

m
⇒ “2.22 Removing and installing door contact switch F2 / F3 ”,

om
tio
page 253
n in
c
w
or
thi
e
⇒ “2.23 Removing and installing rear door contact switches F10 /

t
s
a
do
riv
F11 ”, page 254

p
cum
or
f
en
g
⇒ “2.24 Removing and installing rear lid contact switch for anti-
n
t.
yi Co
theft alarm F123 ”, page 254 Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
⇒ “2.25 Removing and installing rear window regulator switch in py by
co Vo
lksw
door E52 / E54 ”, page 254
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Controls 239
Polo 2014 ➤
⇒ “2.26 Removing and installing vanity mirror contact switch

F147 / F148 ”, page 255
2.1 Overview of fitting locations - controls in dash panel

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
1 - Heated driver seat regulator d byV
o gu
ara
- E94- orise nte
th eo
om
❑ Removing and sinstalling
au ra
c
⇒ page 246 s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
2 - TCS and ESP button -
an
itte
y li
E256-
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
⇒ page 247
, is n
h re
hole
3 - Start/stop operation switch
.c
spec
- E693-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ page 247
t rrectness of i
4 - Heated rear window button
ke
- E230-
l purpos

⇒ page 247
nf
ercia
o
5 - Warning lamp button -
rm
m
E229-
atio
m
ar
o
n in
or c
⇒ page 248 thi

te
sd
iva
o
r
6 - Parking aid button - E266-

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

m
t.
yi Co
⇒ page 248 Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
7 - Button for driver profile se‐ py by
co Vo
lksw
lection - E735-
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
io

⇒ page 249
8 - Heated front passenger
seat regulator - E95-
ix

⇒ page 246
9 - Headlight range control reg‐
.p
ulator - E102-
❑ With switch and instrument illumination regulator - E20-
w
❑ Removing and installing switch and instrument illumination regulator - E20- ⇒ page 245
10 - Rotary light switch - EX1-
w
❑ With front and rear fog light switch - E23- and light switch illumination bulb - L9-
w

Polo 2014 ➤
2.2 Overview of fitting locations - controls in front doors
1 - Front passenger door con‐

tact switch - F3-
⇒ page 253
om
2 - Window regulator switch in
front passenger door - E107-
⇒ page 252
3 - Mirror adjustment switch -
E43-
.c
⇒ page 252
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
4 - Driver side interior kslocking
wag does
not
Vol
button for central
ed
b locking sys‐
y gu
ara
tem - E308-horis
t
nte
t eo
au
❑ Removing and installing ra
ke
ss c
⇒ page 253
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
5 - Operating unit for window

itte
regulator in driver door - E512- y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ Removing and installing wit

is n
⇒ page 251
ar h re
ole,
6 - Door contact switch, driver

spec
side - F2-
t to the co

⇒ page 253
m
rrectness o
io
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
ix
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
.p
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w
2. Controls 241
Polo 2014 ➤
2.3 Overview of fitting locations - controls in rear doors
1 - Rear right door contact

switch - F11-
⇒ page 254
om
2 - Rear right window regulator
switch in door - E54-
⇒ page 254
3 - Rear left window regulator
switch in door - E52-
.c
AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ page 254 ksw
agen oes
not
ol
yV gu
4 - Rear left door contact ised b ara
nte
switch - F10- ut
hor eo
ra
t
a
❑ Removing and installing ss c
⇒ page 254
ce
le
ke
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
ar
spec
t to the co
rrectne
m
ss o
cial p
f in
io
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
ix t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
.p
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
2.4 Overview of fitting locations - controls in luggage compartment
1 - Rear lid contact switch for

anti-theft alarm - F123-
⇒ page 254
om
t .c
ke
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
ar ss
au ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
m ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
io
rrectne
ix
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
.p
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
w
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
w
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
2. Controls 243
Polo 2014 ➤
2.5 Overview of fittinglkslocations

wage
n AG. Volks-wcontrols
agen AG
does in roof trim
no ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris tee
1 - Front interior light - WX1-ut
ho or
a ac
ss
ce
le
⇒ page 229
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
bulb for front interior
om
pe
ility
light -W13- / -W15- / -
ot
wit
W19- ⇒ page 232
, is n
h re
hole
2 - Rear interior light - WX2-
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ page 235
.c
bulb for rear centre
rrectness of i
reading light - W44-
l purpos
⇒ page 236
3 - Driver vanity mirror contact
t nform
ercia
switch - F147-
ke
m
a
com
ti
⇒ page 255
on in
r
te o
thi
4 - Front passenger vanity mir‐
s
iva
do
ror contact switch - F148-
r
rp
cum
fo

ar en
ng
t.
⇒ page 255
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
m
io
ix
2.6 Removing and installing rotary light

.p
switch - EX1-
integrated into the rotary light switch - EX1- as one unit:
w
♦ Light switch illumination bulb - L9-

♦ Front and rear fog light switch
w
Note
w

hicles is similar.
Removing

n AG. Volkswagen AG
age does
ksw not
Vol
by gu
ara Polo 2014 ➤
ed nte
thoris eo Electrical system - Edition 10.2019
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Press in rotary knob of rotary light switch - EX1- -1- in opposite
itte
y li
-direction of arrow A-, and turn it in -direction of arrow B-.
rm
ab
pe
ility
– Hold rotary knob in this position.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Pull rotary light switch - EX1- -1- in -direction of arrow A- out
hole
spec
of dash panel -2-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
om
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
.c
– Disconnect connector -arrow A-.
m
a
com
t
– Remove rotary light switch - EX1- -1-.
ion in
r
te o
Installing
thi
t
s
iva
do
r

rp
ke um
fo
en
g
– Connect connector to rotary light switch - EX1- .

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ar
– Hold rotary light switch - EX1- , and press in rotary knob in
-direction of arrow 1- while simultaneously turning it clockwise
m
in -direction of arrow 2-.
– Hold rotary knob in this position.
– Insert rotary light switch - EX1- in -direction of arrow 3- in dash
io
panel.
– Turn rotary knob to “0” position in order to ensure that rotary
light switch - EX1- engages in dash panel.
ix
2.7 Removing and installing regulator for

.p
switch and instrument illumination -

E20-
w
Note
♦ The switch and instrument illumination regulator - E20- is in‐

w
tegrated into the headlight range control regulator - E102- and

cannot be renewed individually.
♦ If it is defective, the headlight range control regulator - E102-
w
must be renewed.
Procedure
– Removing and installing headlight range control regulator -
E102- ⇒ page 246 .
2. Controls 245
Polo 2014 ➤

control regulator - E102-
The switch and instrument illumination regulator - E102- is inte‐
grated into the headlight range control regulator - E20- as one
unit.
Removing
om
wage
es
ks not
Vol gu
– Withdraw ignition key. ed by ara
nte
ris
ho eo
– Remove dash panel end cover au on driver side ⇒ General body
t ra
repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70ss ; Dash panel; Removing and in‐ c
ce
e
stalling dash panel end cover .

nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Release headlight range control regulator - E102- -arrows-,
y li
.c
erm
ab
and remove it in -direction of arrow- from dash panel.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
t spec
es, in part or in w
ke
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
ar
nform
ercia

m
at
om
io
Installing
n
c
m
in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
io
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ix
2.9 Removing and installing heated seat

.p
regulator -E94- / -E95-

Procedure
w
– Removing and installing heated seat regulator -E94- / -E95-

-1- and -9- ⇒ page 249 .
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
2.10 Removing and installing TCS and ESP

button - E256-
Procedure
– Removing and installing TCS and ESP button - E256- -2-
⇒ page 249 .
om
.c
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise
2.11 Removing and installing Start/Stop op‐
nte
t
or eo
th
u ra
eration button - E693-
a c
ke
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Procedure
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Removing and installing Start/Stop operation button - E693-
ility
ot p
-3- ⇒ page 249 .
wit
is n
ar
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
m
rrectness o
cial p
io
f inform
mer
atio
2.12 Heated rear window button - E230-

om
n
c
i
or
n
ix
thi
Procedure
te
sd
iva
o
r
– Removing and installing heated rear window button - E230-

p
cum
r
fo
-4- ⇒ page 249 .

en
ng
t.
yi
.p
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w
2. Controls 247
Polo 2014 ➤
2.13 Removing and installing hazard warning

light button - E229-
Procedure
– Removing and installing hazard warning light button - E229-
-5- ⇒ page 249 .
om
.c
2.14 Removing and installing front passenger
t
side airbag deactivated warning lamp -
ke
K145-
Procedure
– Removing and installing front passenger side airbag deacti‐
vated warning lamp - K145- -6- ⇒ page 249 . agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
w
ar es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
m
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
io
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2.15 Removing and installing parking aid but‐

ix
ton - E266-
rrectness of i
Procedure
.p l purpos
– Removing and installing parking aid button - E266- -7-

⇒ page 249 .
nf
ercia
orm
m
w
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
w
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
w
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
2.16 Removing and installing driving mode

selection button - E735-
Procedure
– Removing and installing driving mode selection button - E735-
-8- ⇒ page 249 .
om
.c
2.17 Removing and installing buttons in dash
t
panel
ke
ar
m
io
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
ix
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
.p itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
w
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
w
rrectness of i
l purpos
w
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
249
op Vo
by c lksw
cted 2. Controls
agen
Prote AG.
Polo 2014 ➤
Depending on vehicle equipment, the following regulators, but‐

tons and warning lamps are installed in the centre of the dash
panel:
1- Heated driver seat regulator - E94-
2- TCS and ESP button - E256-
3- Start/stop operation switch - E693-
om
4- Heated rear window button - E230-
5- Warning lamp button - E229-
6- Warning lamp for airbag deactivated on front passenger
side - K145-
7- Parking aid button - E266-
.c
8- Button for driver profile selection - E735- n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
Vo ot g
9- Heated front passenger seat regulatord b-yE95- ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
t
au ac
Note ss
ce
e
ke
nl
pt
du
an
♦ Removal and installation are the same for the individual reg‐
itte
y li
erm
ulators, buttons and warning lamps and are therefore descri‐
ab
ility
bed for just one button.
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Removed regulators, buttons and warning lamps cannot be
h re
hole
dismantled.
ar
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
m
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove upper centre dash panel trim ⇒ General body repairs,

interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Centre console; Assembly overview -
nf
ercia
centre console .
io
orm
m
atio
m
Caution
o
n in
or c
thi
e
ix t
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
.p
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Using removal wedge - 3409- -2-, carefully lever off button Prote AG.
-1-.
w
– Disconnect connector, and remove button.

Installing
w

w

Polo 2014 ➤
2.18 Removing and installing operating unit

for window regulator in driver door -
E512-
integrated into the operating unit for window regulator in driver
door - E512- :
om
♦ Front driver side window regulator button - E710-
♦ Window regulator switch in front passenger door - E107-
♦ Rear driver side window regulator button - E711-
♦ Rear passenger side window regulator button - E713-
♦ Central switch for window regulators in driver door - E189-
.c
Note AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
t
o
The removal andeinstallation
db
yV procedure is described for gu
arleft-hand
an
drive vehicles. Removal
s and installation for right-hand drive
tee ve‐
ke
ri
ho
hicles is similar.
aut or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Removing
an
d
itte
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers. y li

rm
ab
pe
ility
ar
ot
– Withdraw ignition key. wit

, is n
h re
– Remove front left door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
door trim .
t to the co
m
– Disconnect connector from operating unit for window regulator
in driver door - E512- .
rrectness of i
– Press fasteners on trim -1- for operating unit for window reg‐
l purpos
ulator in driver door - E512- in -direction of arrow A-.

io
– Remove trim -1- for operating unit for window regulator in driv‐
nform
ercia
er door - E512- in -direction of arrow B- from door trim.

m
a
ix
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
.p
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
w
lksw
cted agen
– Release retaining hooks -3- on both sides of trim -1-.
Prote AG.
– Remove operating unit for window regulator in driver door -

E512- -2- from trim -1-.
w
Installing
w
– Engage trim for operating unit for window regulator in driver

door - E512- firmly in door trim.
2. Controls 251
Polo 2014 ➤
2.19 Removing and installing window regula‐

tor switch in front passenger door -
E107-
Note
om
hicles is similar.
Removing
.c
– Remove front right door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
door trim .
t
wage
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-. s es n
ke
olk ot g
byV ua
d ran
– Release retaining hooks in -direction of arrow A-. ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
– Release retaining tabs -2- on both sides in ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Remove window regulator switch in front passenger door -

ar
y li
erm
ab
E107- -3- from mounting -4-.
ility
ot p
Installing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
m
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
io l purpos
nform
ercia
ix
m
at
om
i
2.20 Removing and installing mirror adjust‐
on
c
in t
or
ment switch - E43-

.p
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
Note
t.
yi Co
Cop py
w
t. rig
gh ht
The removal and installation procedure is described for left-hand pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
hicles is similar.
AG.
w
Removing
w

– Remove trim for front left door puller ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Front door trims; Assembly overview -
front door trim .

wage es n
yV
olks ot g Polo 2014 ➤
b ua
ir se
d Electrical
ran
tee system - Edition 10.2019
tho
u or
a ac
– Disconnect electrical
ss connector -3-.
ce
le
un
pt
– Release retaining tab -1-.
an
d
itte
y li
– Remove mirror adjustment switch - E43- -2- from trim for door
erm
ab
ility
puller. ot p
wit
is n
Installing
h re
ole,
spec
om
t to the co
rrectness
2.21 Removing and installing driver side in‐
o
cial p
.c in
terior locking button for central locking
form
mer
system - E308-
atio
om
n
c
i
or
t thi
te
sd
a
Note
iv
o
ke
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
drive vehicles. Removal and installation for right-hand drive ve‐ Cop py
.
hicles is similar.
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Removing Prote
ar
AG.

m
– Remove trim for front left door puller ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Front door trims; Assembly overview -
front door trim .
io
– Release retaining tabs -1- on both sides.

– Remove driver side interior locking button for central locking
system - E308- -2- from door puller.
ix
Installing
.p

w
2.22 Removing and installing door contact

switch -F2- / -F3-
w
Note
w
♦ The door contact switches -F2- / -F3- are integrated into the
door lock and cannot be renewed separately.
♦ If they are defective, the door lock must be renewed.
Procedure
2. Controls 253
Polo 2014 ➤
– Removing and installing front door lock ⇒ General body re‐

pairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 57 ; Door components; Removing and
installing door lock .
2.23 Removing and installing rear door con‐

tact switches -F10- / -F11-
om
Note
♦ The rear door contact switches -F10- / -F11- are integrated

into the door lock and cannot be renewed separately.
♦ If they are defective, the door lock must be renewed.
Procedure
.c
t
– Removing and installing rear door lock ⇒ General body re‐
ke
pairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 58 ; Door components; Removing and
installing door lock .
2.24 Removing and installing rear lid contact

switch for anti-theft alarm - F123-
ar
Note
Volkswa
♦ The rear lid contact switch
swafor anti-theft alarm -do
gen AG
. gen AG
F123-
es is inte‐
m
grated into the rearblid y V lock and cannot be renewed individu‐
o lk not
gu
ally. rised ara
nte
ho eo
ut
♦ If it is defective,
ss a the rear lid lock must be renewed. ra
c
ce
le
io
un
pt
Procedure
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab

pe
ility
ot

wit
, is n
ix
h re
hole
– Removing and installing rear lid lock ⇒ General body repairs,

spec
exterior; Rep. gr. 55 ; Rear lid; Removing and installing rear

es, in part or in w
lid lock .
t to the co
.p

rrectness of i
regulator switch in door -E52- / -E54-

l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
Removal and installation are described for the left side. Removal
m
a
wcom
ti
and installation on the right side are carried out as a mirror image.
on in
r
te o
thi
s
Removing
iva
do
r
rp
c
w
um
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Withdraw ignition key. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Remove rear left door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; p by
o Vo
by c lksw
Rep. gr. 70 ; Rear door trims; Removing and installing rearProte
cted AG.
agen
door trim .

Polo 2014 ➤

– Release retaining hooks in -direction of arrow A-.
– Release retaining tabs -2- on both sides in
– Remove rear left window regulator switch, in door - E52- -3-
from mounting -4-.
om
Installing
t .c
ke
2.26 Removing and installing vanity mirror
contact switch -F147- / -F148-
Note
ar
♦ The vanity mirror contact switches -F147- / -F148- are inte‐
grated into the sun visor bracket and cannot be renewed wagen AG. Volkswagen AG does
individually. yV
olks not
gu b ara
ed
m
♦ If they are defective, the sun visor must be renewed.
tho
ris nte
e or
au ac
ss
Procedure
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

io itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Removing and installing sun visor ⇒ General body repairs,
h re
ole,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Equipment; Removing and installing sun

ix
spec
visor .
t to the co
.p
rrectness o
cial p
f
w
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
w
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
w
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Controls 255
Polo 2014 ➤
3 Further lights and controls in vehicle

interior
⇒ “3.1 Overview of fitting locations - further lights and controls in
vehicle interior”, page 256
⇒ “3.2 Removing and installing sunroof button E325 ”,
page 256
om
⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing tyre pressure monitor display but‐
ton E492 ”, page 257
3.1 Overview of fitting locations - further lights and controls in vehicle interior
1 - Sunroof button - E325-
.c
ment
t
⇒ page 256
ke
2 - Tyre pressure monitor dis‐
play button - E492-
⇒ page 257
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
3 - Key operated switch toVode‐ lksw
a
not
activate front passenger ed byside
ar gu
ara
airbag - E224- ho
ris nte
eo
t
❑ Removing au ra
ss and installing c
ce
le
un
pt
interior; Rep. gr. 69 ;

m
an
d
itte
Passenger airbag; re‐

y li
rm
ab
moving and installing

pe
ility
key-operated switch to
ot
wit
, is n
deactivate front passen‐

h re
io
ger side airbag

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ix
rrectness of i
l purpos
.p
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
w
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
w n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
3.2 Removing and installing sunroof button
lksw
cted
w
agen
Prote AG.
- E325-
Removing

Polo 2014 ➤
– Release fasteners -arrows- of sunroof button - E325- -3-.

– Remove sunroof button - E325- -3- from front interior light -
WX1- .
Installing
– Engage sunroof button - E325- firmly in front interior light -
om
WX1- .
3.3 Removing and installing tyre pressure
.c
monitor display button - E492-
Removing agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V
– Switch off ignition b and all electrical consumers.
y gu
ara
t
d
rise nte
o eo
– Withdraw aignition
ut
h
key.
ke
ra
ss c
– Remove dash panel end cover on front passenger side ⇒
ce
e
nl
pt
General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/
du
an
itte
covers; Removing and installing dash panel trim on front pas‐

y li
erm
ab
senger side .
ility
ot p

ar wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Open glove compartment. spec

es, in part or in w
– Release tyre pressure monitor display button - E492- , and

t to the co
remove it outwards from glove compartment.

m
Installing
rrectness of i

l purpos

io
nform
mercia
at
om
io
ix
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
.p
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
w
Prote AG.
w
w
3. Further lights and controls in vehicle interior 257

Polo 2014 ➤
4 Anti-theft alarm
⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - interior monitor”, page 258
⇒ “4.2 Removing and installing alarm horn H12 ”, page 258
⇒ “4.3 Activating and deactivating anti-theft alarm”, page 260
⇒ “4.4 Removing and installing anti-theft alarm sensor G578 ”,
om
page 260
⇒ “4.5 Removing and installing button for deactivating interior
monitoring and vehicle inclination sensor E616 ”, page 261
4.1 Assembly overview - interior monitor
.c
1 - Trim
⇒ page 260
t
2 - Individual sensors
ke
❑ For anti-theft alarm sen‐
sor - G578-
⇒ page 260
3 - Anti-theft alarm sensor -
G578-
ar
⇒ page 260 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
4 - Button for deactivating inte‐ y Vo gu
m
b ara
rior monitoring and vehicle in‐ rise
d
nte
clination sensor - E616- autho eo
ra
s c
❑ Removing and installing s
ce
e
⇒ page 261
nl
pt
du
an
io
itte
y li
5 - Nut
erm
ab
ility
❑ 9 Nm
ot p
wit
, is n
6 - Alarm horn - H12-

h re
ix hole
spec

es, in part or in w
⇒ page 258
t to the co
7 - Bracket
.p
❑ For alarm horn - H12-

rrectness of i

l purpos
⇒ page 258
w
8 - Pop rivet
nf
ercia
❑ For bracket
orm
m
atio
❑ Qty. 2
om
w
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
w
en
ng
4.2 Removing and installing alarm horn -

t.
yi Co
op py
H12-
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Special tools and workshop equipment required Prote
cted AG.
agen

Polo 2014 ➤
♦ Drill - VAS 5134-
om
♦ Pop rivet pliers - VAS 5072-
t .c
ke
ar
♦ Drill bit, 6 mm in diameter
Removing
m
– Deactivate anti-theft alarm system ⇒ page 260 .
– Remove plenum chamber cover ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
io
terior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Bulkhead; Removing

agen
and
AG. Volinstalling
kswagen AGplenum
does
chamber bulkhead . Volksw not
g by ua
ed ran
oris tee
WARNING th
ix
or
au ac
ss
ce
le
Danger of eye injury from drilling swarf.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
♦ When drilling out, swarf may fly off and cause eye injury.
.p rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Wear eye protection.

ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
w es, in part or in w
Caution
t to the co
Risk of damage to adjacent components.

rrectness of i
w
♦ The drilling operation can cause swarf to penetrate the

l purpos
adjacent components resulting in damage and/or mal‐

function!
w
nform
ercia
♦ Thoroughly remove any swarf.

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
259
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Anti-theft alarm
Polo 2014 ➤ lks wage es n
Vo ot g
Electrical system - Edition d by 10.2019 ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
– Drill out pop rivets -arrows-
ss
a with drill - VAS 5134- and a 6 mm ac
drill bit.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Remove alarm horn - H12- -2- together with bracket -3- from
itte
y li
plenum chamber. erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Disconnect connector from alarm horn - H12- -2-.
wit
, is n
h re
– Unscrew nut -1-, and remove alarm horn - H12- -2- from brack‐
hole
spec
et -3-.
om
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installing
rrectness of i
– Carry out corrosion protection measures ⇒ page 4 .
l purpos
– Install pop rivets using pop rivet pliers - VAS 5072- .
.c
nf
ercia
orm
Specified torques
m
atio
om
♦ ⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - interior monitor”, page 258
n in
or c
t
thi
te
sd
iva
ke
4.3 Activating and deactivating anti-theft
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
alarm
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
⇒ “4.3.1 Deactivating anti-theft alarm system”, page 260
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
⇒ “4.3.2 Activating anti-theft alarm system”, page 260
c by lksw
Prote
cted
ar
AG.
agen
4.3.1 Deactivating anti-theft alarm system

Procedure
m
– Unlock the vehicle using the unlock button on the vehicle key
or switch on ignition.
4.3.2 Activating anti-theft alarm system

io
Procedure
– Close all windows and doors on the vehicle.
– Lock the vehicle using the unlock button on the vehicle key.
ix
Note
.p
The anti-theft alarm system is activated automatically when the

vehicle is locked.
4.4 Removing and installing anti-theft alarm

w
sensor - G578-
w
Note
If the anti-theft alarm sensor - G578- is renewed, start the re‐

w
Removing
– Deactivate anti-theft alarm system ⇒ page 260 .

Polo 2014 ➤
– Pull trim -1- in -direction of arrow- off roof trim.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
om
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
.c
– Unclip individual sensors -3-.
rrectness of i
– Unclip wiring from wiring guides -4-.
l purpos
– Remove anti-theft alarm sensor - G578- -1- and individual
t
sensors -3- from trim.
ke nform
ercia
Installing
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
ar
p
cum
for
en
g
4.5 Removing and installing button for de‐

n
t.
yi Co
op py
activating interior monitoring and vehicle
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
inclination sensor - E616-
op Vo
m
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
io
ix
.p
w
Note
w

hicles is similar.
w
Removing
4. Anti-theft alarm 261

Polo 2014 ➤
Caution

om
– Using removal wedge - VAS 3409- or a flat screwdriver, lever
button for deactivating interior monitoring and vehicle inclina‐
tion sensor - E616- -1- at lower edge out of sill panel moulding.
.c
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise
t
r nte
tho eo
u ra
ke
s a c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove button for deactivating interior monitoring and vehicle
erm
ab
ility
inclination sensor - E616- .
ot p
wit
, is n
Installing
ar
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
m
rrectness of i
l purpos
io
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
ix
or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
.p
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
5 Immobiliser
⇒ “5.1 Removing and installing immobilizer control unit J362 ”,
page 263
⇒ “5.2 Removing and installing immobiliser reader coil D2 ”, page
263
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
5.1 Removing and installing immobilizer ksw
om
ol not
byV gu
ara
d
control unit - J362- ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
Note
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ The immobiliser control unit - J362- is integrated into the dash
pe
ility
.c
panel insert - K- and cannot be renewed individually.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ If it is defective, the dash panel insert - K- must be renewed.
hole
spec
♦ If the dash panel insert - K- with the immobiliser control unit -
es, in part or in w
t
t to the co
J362- is to be renewed, start the respective function ⇒ Vehicle
diagnostic tester.
ke
rrectness of i
Procedure
l purpos
– Removing and installing dash panel insert - K- ⇒ page 79 .
5.2 Removing and installing immobiliser

ar
nform
ercia
reader coil - D2-

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
Note
m
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
♦ The immobiliser reader coil - D2- is integrated into the lock
en
ng
t.
yi
cylinder and cannot be renewed individually.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
io
♦ If it is defective, the lock cylinder must be renewed.

rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Procedure
– Removing and installing lock cylinder ⇒ page 202 .
ix
.p
w
w
w
5. Immobiliser 263
Polo 2014 ➤
6 Cigarette lighter, socket

⇒ “6.1 Removing and installing cigarette lighter U1 ”, page 264
⇒ “6.2 Removing and installing 12 V socket”, page 264
6.1 Removing and installing cigarette lighter

- U1-
om
Note
Cigarette lighter - U1- .
.c
6.2 Removing and installing 12 V socket
t
Note
ke
wage
All instructions and notes regarding this chapter arey Vavailable
olks un‐ es n
ot g
der ⇒ Electrical system, General information; Rep. ir se
d gr. 96 ; 12 V
b ua
ran
socket ; Removing and installing 12 V socket th .
o tee
or
au ac
ss
ar
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
io
rrectnes
ix
s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
.p o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
w
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
w
cted agen
Prote AG.
w

Polo 2014 ➤
97 – Wiring
1 Relay carriers,agefuse
n AG. Voholders,
lkswagen AG elec‐
does
tronics boxes
db
y Volksw not
gu
ar
e an
ris t
⇒ “1.1 Overview ofutfitting
ho locations - relay carriers, fuse holders, ee or
om
E-boxes”, page 265
ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
⇒ “1.2 Removing and installing electronics box (E-box)”,
pt
du
an
page 267
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing bracket for electronics box”, page
ility
ot p
270
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing fuse holder C SC ”, page 272
hole
.c
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “1.5 Removing and installing relay and fuse carrier 1 SR1 ”,
t to the co
page 274
1.1 Overview of fitting locations - relay car‐
t rrectness of i
riers, fuse holders, E-boxes
ke
l purpos
⇒ “1.1.1 Overview of fitting locations - relay carriers, fuse holders,

E-boxes”, page 265
nf
ercia
or
⇒ “1.1.2 Overview of fitting locations - relay carriers, fuse holders,
m
m
atio
electronics boxes, Polo GTI”, page 267
m
ar
o
n in
or c
1.1.1 Overview of fitting locations - relay carriers, fuse holders, E-boxes

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
m
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
io
ix
.p
w
w
w
1. Relay carriers, fuse holders, electronics boxes 265

Polo 2014 ➤
1 - E-box
❑ With fuse holder A -
SA- , fuse holder B -
SB- , relay and fuse
carrier 2 - SR2- and re‐
lay and fuse carrier 3 -
SR3-
❑ The exact assignment
om
of fuses and relays can
be found in the latest
current flow diagram
⇒ Current flow dia‐ en AG. Volkswagen AG
grams, Electrical ksfault
wag does
not
Vol
finding andedFitting
by loca‐ gu
ara
tions. horis nte
eo
ut
❑ Removing and installing ra
.c
s a c
s
⇒ page 267
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
bracket for electronics
erm
ab
box ⇒ page 270
t
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
ke
2 - Fuse holder C - SC-
h re
hole
❑ The exact fuse assign‐
spec
ment can be found in the
es, in part or in w
t to the co
latest current flow dia‐
gram ⇒ Current flow di‐
agrams, Electrical fault
finding and Fitting loca‐
ar rrectness of i
tions.
l purpos

⇒ page 272
nf
ercia
m
o
3 - Relay and fuse carrier 1 -

rm
m
SR1-
atio
om
❑ With fuse holder F - SF-

n in
or c
thi
e

t
io
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations. C py
t.
ix
rig
gh ht
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 274 yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
.p
w
w
w
266 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

Polo 2014 ➤
1.1.2 Overview of fitting locations - relay carriers, fuse holders, electronics boxes,
Polo GTI
1 - E-box
❑ With fuse holder A - AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
SA- , fuse holder B - by Vol not
gu
ara
SB- , relay and fuse
om
d
rise nte
carrier 2 - SR2- and re‐utho eo
ra
lay and fuse carrierss3a - c
SR3-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
.c
⇒ Current flow dia‐
h re
hole
grams, Electrical fault
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
tions.
t
⇒ page 267
ke
rrectness of i
l purpos
bracket for electronics

box ⇒ page 270
nf
ercia
2 - Fuse holder C - SC-
or
ar
m
❑ The exact fuse assign‐
m
atio
m
ment can be found in the

o
n in
c
latest current flow dia‐

or
thi
e
gram ⇒ Current flow di‐

t
sd
iva
agrams, Electrical fault

o
r
rp
cu
m
o
m
f
en
ng
tions.
t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
⇒ page 272 p by
co Vo
io
by lksw
cted agen
3 - Relay and fuse carrier 1 - Prote AG.
SR1-
❑ With fuse holder F - SF-
ix

.p
⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations.

w
1.2 Removing and installing electronics box

(E-box)
⇒ “1.2.1 Removing and installing electronics box (E-box)”,
w
page 267
⇒ “1.2.2 Removing and installing electronics box, Polo GTI”, page
269
w
1.2.1 Removing and installing electronics box

(E-box)

Polo 2014 ➤
om
Removing
.c
⇒ page 15 .
t
– Remove automatic glow period control unit - J179- from elec‐
ke
tronics box ⇒ Rep. gr. 28 ; Glow plug system; Removing and
installing automatic glow period control unit - J179- .
– Cut open cable ties -arrows- of wires on bracket -1- for elec‐
tronics box.
ar
m
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
io
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Release fasteners in -direction of arrow-, and remove housing

ix
wit
, is n
cover -1- on bracket -2- for electronics box.

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
.p
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
w m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
w
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
– Mark wires -1-.

lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
Note ir se
d b ua
ran
o tee
th or
u
♦ The exact
ss
a
pin assignment should be gleaned from the latest ac
current flow diagram ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault
ce
e
nl
pt
finding and Fitting locations.
du
an
itte
y li
om
erm
♦ If necessary, take photographs of the assignment.
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Unscrew nuts from terminals -1- in electronics box, and re‐
h re
move wires.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Unscrew bolt for wire -2-, and remove wire from electronics
t to the co
box.
.c
– Release fasteners in -direction of arrow-, and remove elec‐
rrectness of i
tronics box -2- from bracket -1-.
l purpos
– Disconnect connectors and wires below electronics box.
t
nform
ercia
ke
Note
m
at
om
ion
c
♦ The exact pin assignment should be gleaned from the latest
in t
or
his
e
current flow diagram ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault

at
do
riv
finding and Fitting locations.

p
c
ar um
for
en
♦ If necessary, take photographs of the assignment.

ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Remove electronics box.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
m
Installing
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Connect connectors and wires below electronics box.
io
– Engage electronics box firmly in bracket for electronics box.

– Connect and bolt on wires in electronics box in accordance
with markings.
ix
– Secure wires with cable ties on electronics box.

– Engage housing cover firmly on bracket for electronics box.
.p
Specified torques
w
Nuts M6 for securing wires to electronics box 6 Nm

Bolt M8 for securing wire to electronics box 6 Nm
w
1.2.2 Removing and installing electronics box,

Polo GTI
w

Polo 2014 ➤
om
Removing
.c
⇒ page 15 .
. Volkswagen AG
– Release locking lug -arrow
ksw
agenA-.
AG does
t
not
y Vol gu
– Remove coverise-arrow
db B- upwards. ara
ke
r nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ar ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
m
rrectne
– Remove positive cable -2-.

io
– Release locking lugs at sides -arrows-, and pull electronics

ss
box out of bracket.

o
cial p
f inform
– Release locking lug in centre -arrow-, and detach electronics

mer
box.
ix
atio
om
– Pull off securing devices towards outside to remove pins of

c
i
or
wires.
thi
te
sd
iva
– Remove pins of wires.

r
.p
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Installing
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
w
co
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Overview of fitting locations - relay carriers, fuse hold‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
ers, E-boxes”, page 265
AG.
1.3 Removing and installing bracket for

w
electronics box
⇒ “1.3.1 Removing and installing bracket for electronics box”,
w
page 270
⇒ “1.3.2 Removing and installing bracket for electronics box, Polo
GTI”, page 271

electronics box

Polo 2014 ➤
om
Removing
.c
– Remove electronics box ⇒ page 267 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Note agen oes
t
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ke
e
The connectors and horis
wires below the electronics box do not need
nte
eo
aut
to be disconnected. ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
– Unscrew bolts -arrow- for bracket in left wheel housing.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ar
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
m
rrectness of i
io
l purpos
nf
ercia
– Release fastener in -direction of arrow-, and remove bracket

or
-1- for electronics box upwards from body.

m
m
ix
atio
om
Installing
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
.p
r
rp
cu
– Engage bracket for electronics box firmly in body.

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
w
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
Specified torques
w
Bolt for bracket in left wheel housing 2 Nm

electronics box, Polo GTI

Encuentra más
Volksw
agen manuales
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes en:
not
www.pixiomarket.com
y gu
db ara
se nte
Polo 2014 th➤ ori
eo
Electrical
s ausystem - Edition 10.2019 ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
om
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
Removing
rm
.c
m
atio
m
– Remove electronics box ⇒ page 267 .

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
Note
o
r
t
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
ke
t.
The connectors and wires below the electronics box do not need
yi Co
op py
to be disconnected. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Unscrew bolts -arrow- for bracket in left wheel housing. cted agen
Prote AG.
ar
m
io
– Release locking lug -arrow-.

ix
– Pull bracket upwards out of mounting.

Installing
.p
– Engage bracket for electronics box firmly in body.

w
w
Specified torques
w
Bolt for bracket in left wheel housing 2 Nm
1.4 Removing and installing fuse holder C -

SC-

Polo 2014 ➤
om
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
.c
ol not
V gu
Note ed by ara
nte
ris
ho eo
ut r
Thessremoval and installation procedure is described foracleft-hand
a
ce
le
t
un
pt
hicles is similar.
an
d
itte
ke
y li
erm
ab
Removing
ility
ot p
wit
is n

h re
ole,
⇒ page 15 . spec
– Pull cover -1- of fuse holder C - SC- at bottom out of fasteners

-arrow A-, and remove it from dash panel.
ar t to the co
– Remove left footwell light - W9- ⇒ page 222 .

rrectne
– Remove footwell vent on driver side ⇒ Heating, air condition‐

m
ing; Rep. gr. 80 ; Air duct; Removing and installing footwell
s
vent on driver side .

s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
io
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
ix
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
.p
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- for fuse holder C - SC- .

– Guide out fuse holder C - SC- towards inside as far as the
wiring allows.
– Disconnect connectors and wires from fuse holder C - SC- .
Note
om
♦ The exact pin assignment should be gleaned from the latest
current flow diagram ⇒ Current flowgdiagrams,
en AG. V
olkswElectrical
agen AG fault
finding and Fitting locations. Volkswa does
not
y gu
db ara
♦ If necessary, take photographs
or
ise of the assignment. nte
th eo
au ra
c
ss
– Remove fuse holder C - SC- .
.c
ce
le
un
pt
– Make a note of the fuse assignment, and remove all fuses from
an
d
itte
y li
fuse holder C - SC- .
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
t
wit
, is n
Note
h re
ke
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ The exact fuse assignment can be found in the latest current
t to the co
flow diagram ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding
and Fitting locations.
rrectness of i
♦ Take photographs of the fuse assignment, if necessary.
ar
l purpos
Installing
nform
ercia
m
m
a
com
tion in
r
Specified torques
te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
io
rp
cum
fo
en
g
Bolts for fuse holder C - SC- 2.5 Nm

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
ix
co Vo
by lksw
1.5 Removing and installing relay and fuse
cted agen
Prote AG.
carrier 1 - SR1-
.p

w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
Note

hicles is similar.
Removing
om
⇒ page 15 .
– Remove front parking aid warning buzzer - H22-
⇒ page 209 .
– Remove onboard supply control unit - J519- ⇒ page 278 .
.c
– Remove left footwell light - W9- ⇒ page 222 .
– Remove fuse holder C - SC- ⇒ page 272 .
– Remove dash panel ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
t
70 ; Dash panel; Removing and installing dash panel .
ke
Volkswa
– Pull relay -1- out of relay and fusescarrier
wage 1 - SR1- -2-. does
n AG. gen AG
k not
Vol gu
by ara
ed nte
oris
Note au
th eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
♦ The number of relays depends on the vehicle equipment.

ar
nl
pt
du
an
itte
♦ The exact relay assignment can be found in the latest current
y li
erm
ab
flow diagram ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding
ility
ot p
and Fitting locations.
wit
, is n
m
h re
♦ Take photographs of the relay assignment, if necessary.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Release all connectors -1- in -direction of arrow-, and pull them

io
out of relay and fuse carrier 1 - SR1- -2-.

rrectness of i
l purpos
ix
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
.p o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
w
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
w
agen
Prote AG.
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Cut open cable ties -arrows- for wires -2- from onboard supply
control unit - J519- on relay and fuse carrier 1 - SR1- -1-.
– Unclip wires from wire guide.
– Unscrew bolts -3-, and remove relay and fuse carrier 1 - SR1-
-1-. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
Installing d byV ua
ran
ir se
om
tee
utho
or
a ac
ss
– Insert all connectors in relay and fuse carrier 1 - SR1- , and
ce
e
nl
engage them firmly.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Install onboard supply control unit - J519- ⇒ page 278 .
erm
ab
ility
– Secure wires from onboard supply control unit - J519- with ot p
wit
, is n
cable ties on relay and fuse carrier 1 - SR1- .
h re
.c
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
t
Do not secure the wires from the onboard supply control unit -
rrectness of i
J519- with cable ties on the relay and fuse carrier 1 - J519- until
ke
after the onboard supply control unit - SR1- has been installed.
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
Specified torques
m
ar
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a
Bolts for relay and fuse carrier 1 - SR1- 4.5 Nm

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
m f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
io
agen
Prote AG.
ix
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
2 Control units
⇒ “2.1 Overview of fitting locations - control units”, page 277
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing onboard supply control unit J519
”, page 278
⇒ “2.3 Removing and installing data bus diagnostic interface J533
”, page 279
om
2.1 Overview of fitting locations - control
units
⇒ “2.1.1 Overview of fitting locations - control units, front”,
page 277
.c
⇒ “2.1.2 Fitting locations overview - control units, rear”,
page 278
2.1.1 Overview of fitting locations - control units, front
t
ke
1 - Headlight range control unit
- J431- wage
es n
lks
❑ Only in vehicles with gas d by Vo ot g
ua
discharge headlights orise ran
tee
th or
❑ ⇒ “10.1 Assembly over‐ au ac
ss
view - automatic head‐
ar
ce
e
nl
light range control”,
pt
du
an
page 213
itte
y li
erm
ab
2 - Dash panel insert - K-
ility
ot p
m
wit
❑ With control unit in dash
, is n
h re
panel insert - J285- and
hole
spec
immobiliser control unit -
es, in part or in w
J362- t to the co
❑ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly over‐
io
view - dash panel in‐

sert”, page 79
rrectness of i
3 - Onboard supply control unit

l purpos
ix
- J519-
❑ With data bus diagnos‐
nform
ercia
tic interface - J533-

m

at
.p om
io
⇒ page 278
n
c
in t
or
his
e
4 - Adaptive cruise control unit

at
do
riv
- J428-
p
cum
or
w

f
en
ng
t.
yi
adaptive cruise control
Co
Cop py
. rig
❑ ⇒ “7.1 Overview of fitting
t
gh ht
yri by
locations - adaptive
op Vo
w
c by lksw
cruise control”, page 73
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
2. Control units 277

Polo 2014 ➤
2.1.2 Fitting locations overview - control units, rear
1 - Parking aid control unit -

J446-
parking aid system
❑ ⇒ “9.1 Assembly over‐
om
view – parking aid”,
page 207
2 - Trailer detector control unit
- J345-
towing bracket
AG. Volkswagen AG d
.c
❑ ⇒ “11.1 Assembly over‐ agen oes
olksw not
view - towing bracket d by V gu
ara
socket”, page 215 rise nte
tho eo
au ra
s c
t
s
ce
e
nl
pt
ke
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ar
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
m
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
io
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
ix
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
2.2 Removing and installing onboard supply

t. rig
.p
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
w
Note
If the onboard supply control unit - J519- is renewed, start the

w
Removing
w

Polo 2014 ➤
– Disconnect connectors -1- from onboard supply control unit -

J519- -2-:
om
♦ Press locking detent -1- to release connectors.
.c
nector.
t
ke
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ar
lksw not
– Release fasteners by V in -direction of arrow-, and pull
o gonboard
ua
supply controloriseunit - J519- -2- out of mounting -3- on relay
d ran
tee and
fuse carrier
aut 1 - SR1- .
h or
ac
ss
m
Installing
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an

itte
y li
erm
ab
– Engage onboard supply control unit - J519- firmly in mounting

ility
ot p
on relay and fuse carrier 1 - SR1- .

io
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ix
2.3 Removing and installing data bus diag‐

rrectness of i
nostic interface - J533-

.p
l purpos
nform
ercia
Note
m
at
om
io
♦ The data bus diagnostic interface - J533- is integrated into the

n
c
in t
r
onboard supply control unit - J519- and cannot be renewed

o
his
e
individually.
at
do
riv
w p
cum
♦ If it is defective, the onboard supply control unit - J519- must

for
en
g
be renewed.
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Procedure
yri
w
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Removing and installing onboard supply control unit - J519- Prote AG.
⇒ page 278 .
2. Control units 279

Polo 2014 ➤
3 Connectors AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
ksw
⇒ “3.1 Repairing electrical wiring harnesses and by
Vplug-in connec‐
ol not
gu
ara
tions”, page 280 rised
nte
ho eo
ut
3.1 Repairing electrical wiring harnesses a ra
ss c
ce
and plug-in connections
le
un
pt
an
d
om
itte
y li
⇒ “3.1.1 Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors”, rm
ab
pe
page 280
ility
ot
wit
, is n
⇒ “3.1.2 Repairing connector housings and electrical connectors”,
h re
page 280
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
3.1.1 Repairs to wiring harnesses and con‐
t to the co
.c
nectors
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
t
ke
nform
ercia

Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors; Repairs to wiring
m
a
com
t
harnesses .
ion in
r
te o
thi
3.1.2 Repairing connector housings and elec‐
s
iva
do
ar
r
rp
cum
trical connectors
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Note p by
m
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors; Repairs to connec‐
tor housings and connectors .
io
ix
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
4 Releasing and dismantling connector

housings
Note
om
Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors; Releasing and dis‐
mantling connector housingsag.en AG. Volkswagen AG do
w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
.c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
t
ot
wit
, is n
h re
ke
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
ar
l purpos
nform
ercia
m
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
io
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
ix
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
.p
w
w
w
4. Releasing and dismantling connector housings 281

Polo 2014 ➤
5 Repairing aerial wires
Note
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐ olks
wa not
yV
der ⇒ Electrical system, General information; Rep. gr. 97 ; ed
b gu
ara
om
Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors; Repairs to aerialthoris nte
eo
wires . sa
u ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
.c
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
t
ke
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
ar
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
m o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
io
cted agen
Prote AG.
ix
.p
w
w
w

Polo 2014 ➤
6 Fibre optic cables
Note
om
Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors; Repairs to fibre optic
cables .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
.c
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
t
, is n
h re
hole
ke
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
ar
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
io
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
ix
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
.p
w
w
w
6. Fibre optic cables 283

Polo 2014 ➤
7 Vehicle diagnosis, testing and infor‐

mation systems
Note
om
Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information systems .
t .c
ke
ar
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
m
oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
io
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
ix is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
.p
rrectne
w
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
w
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
w
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Polo 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
8 Driving sound and engine sound d by
Volksw not
gu
ara
ise nte
r
⇒ “8.1 Overview of fitting locations - driving sound and ut engine
ho eo
ra
sound”, page 285 ss a c
ce
e
nl
⇒ “8.2 Removing and installing engine sound generator control
pt
du
an
unit J943 ”, page 286
itte
y li
erm
ab
8.1 Overview of fitting locations - driving sound and engine sound
om ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
1 - Engine sound generator
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ page 286
.c
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
t
ercia
orm
ke
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
ar t. Cop
yi
t.
Co
py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
m
io
ix
.p
w
w
w
8. Driving sound and engine sound 285

Polo 2014 ➤
8.2 Removing and installing engine sound

generator control unit - J943-
Removing
– Release locking lugs -arrows-.
om
– Remove engine sound generator control unit - J943- -1- from
bracket.
Installing
The engine sound generator control unit - J943- must engage
audibly.
t .c
ke
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
o
s auth
ar eo
ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
m
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
io
t to the co
rrectness of i
ix
l purpos
nform
ercia
.p
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
w p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
w
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
w


Service: Polo/Vento 2014-2018

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service: Polo/Vento 2014-2018

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Encuentra más manuales en: www.pixiomarket.

Service Department. Technical Information

All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2019 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B8040D543

1.9 Removing and installing battery isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

2 Jump start point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

2.1 Assembly overview - jump-start terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

3.4 Checking poly V-belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

4.3 Checking starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

6.1 General description - start/stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

7.2 Removing and installing adaptive cruise control unit J428 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

1.8 Removing and installing rain and light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

2 Windscreen washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

2.2 Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

2.5 Removing and installing washer jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

3.2 Removing and installing wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

3.4 Adjusting wiper arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

4 Rear window washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tion in 108

4.1 Assembly overview - rear window washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

4.2 Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

4.3 Removing and installing rear window washer pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

5.2 Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

5.4 Removing and installing washer jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

6 Washer fluid lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

1.3 Adjusting headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

2.2 Removing and installing fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

4.1 Assembly overview - lights in exterior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

5.3 Removing and installing tail light cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

6 High-level brake light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

7 Number plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

8 Steering column switch module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

8.4 Removing and installing turn signal switch E2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

8.8 Removing and installing lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

9 Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

1.3 Overview of fitting locations - lights in centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

1.5 Overview of fitting locations - lights in roof trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

1.7 Removing and installing footwell light bulb W9 / W10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

1.9 Removing and installing selector lever position display Y6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

2.5 Overview of fitting locations - controls in roof trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

2.12 Heated rear window button E230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

2.22 Removing and installing door contact switch F2 / F3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

6.1 Removing and installing cigarette lighter U1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

3.1 Repairing electrical wiring harnesses and plug-in connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

4 Releasing and dismantling connector housings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

5 Repairing aerial wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

8 Driving sound and engine sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

with start/stop system.

♦ When working on the vehicle, make sure that the start/stop

and measuring instruments during a

Risk of accident due to distraction and inadequate securing of

Danger as a result of activation of front passenger airbag in the

• The risk of injuries increases significantly when test and

rear seat, and have a 2nd person operate them.

1.3 Operation and safety notes for gas dis‐

Danger to life due to high voltage.

Risk of injury due to burns, ultraviolet radiation, glare and ex‐

♦ Gas discharge bulbs are under high internal pressure and

can explode while being renewed.

♦ Always wear eye protection and gloves when removing

and installing gas discharge lamps!